Merge remote-tracking branch 'upstream/master' into fix_repeatcmdline

1 files changed, 7958 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/runtime/lua/vim/_meta/options.lua b/runtime/lua/vim/_meta/options.lua
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d2bdab4d28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/runtime/lua/vim/_meta/options.lua
@@ -0,0 +1,7958 @@
+--- @meta _
+-- THIS FILE IS GENERATED
+-- DO NOT EDIT
+error('Cannot require a meta file')
+
+---@class vim.bo
+---@field [integer] vim.bo
+vim.bo = vim.bo
+
+---@class vim.wo
+---@field [integer] vim.wo
+vim.wo = vim.wo
+
+--- Allow CTRL-_ in Insert and Command-line mode.  This is default off, to
+--- avoid that users that accidentally type CTRL-_ instead of SHIFT-_ get
+--- into reverse Insert mode, and don't know how to get out.  See
+--- 'revins'.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.allowrevins = false
+vim.o.ari = vim.o.allowrevins
+vim.go.allowrevins = vim.o.allowrevins
+vim.go.ari = vim.go.allowrevins
+
+--- Tells Vim what to do with characters with East Asian Width Class
+--- Ambiguous (such as Euro, Registered Sign, Copyright Sign, Greek
+--- letters, Cyrillic letters).
+---
+--- There are currently two possible values:
+--- "single":	Use the same width as characters in US-ASCII.  This is
+--- 		expected by most users.
+--- "double":	Use twice the width of ASCII characters.
+--- 						*E834* *E835*
+--- The value "double" cannot be used if 'listchars' or 'fillchars'
+--- contains a character that would be double width.  These errors may
+--- also be given when calling setcellwidths().
+---
+--- The values are overruled for characters specified with
+--- `setcellwidths()`.
+---
+--- There are a number of CJK fonts for which the width of glyphs for
+--- those characters are solely based on how many octets they take in
+--- legacy/traditional CJK encodings.  In those encodings, Euro,
+--- Registered sign, Greek/Cyrillic letters are represented by two octets,
+--- therefore those fonts have "wide" glyphs for them.  This is also
+--- true of some line drawing characters used to make tables in text
+--- file.  Therefore, when a CJK font is used for GUI Vim or
+--- Vim is running inside a terminal (emulators) that uses a CJK font
+--- (or Vim is run inside an xterm invoked with "-cjkwidth" option.),
+--- this option should be set to "double" to match the width perceived
+--- by Vim with the width of glyphs in the font.  Perhaps it also has
+--- to be set to "double" under CJK MS-Windows when the system locale is
+--- set to one of CJK locales.  See Unicode Standard Annex #11
+--- (https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11).
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.ambiwidth = "single"
+vim.o.ambw = vim.o.ambiwidth
+vim.go.ambiwidth = vim.o.ambiwidth
+vim.go.ambw = vim.go.ambiwidth
+
+--- This option can be set to start editing Arabic text.
+--- Setting this option will:
+--- - Set the 'rightleft' option, unless 'termbidi' is set.
+--- - Set the 'arabicshape' option, unless 'termbidi' is set.
+--- - Set the 'keymap' option to "arabic"; in Insert mode CTRL-^ toggles
+---   between typing English and Arabic key mapping.
+--- - Set the 'delcombine' option
+---
+--- Resetting this option will:
+--- - Reset the 'rightleft' option.
+--- - Disable the use of 'keymap' (without changing its value).
+--- Note that 'arabicshape' and 'delcombine' are not reset (it is a global
+--- option).
+--- Also see `arabic.txt`.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.arabic = false
+vim.o.arab = vim.o.arabic
+vim.wo.arabic = vim.o.arabic
+vim.wo.arab = vim.wo.arabic
+
+--- When on and 'termbidi' is off, the required visual character
+--- corrections that need to take place for displaying the Arabic language
+--- take effect.  Shaping, in essence, gets enabled; the term is a broad
+--- one which encompasses:
+---   a) the changing/morphing of characters based on their location
+---      within a word (initial, medial, final and stand-alone).
+---   b) the enabling of the ability to compose characters
+---   c) the enabling of the required combining of some characters
+--- When disabled the display shows each character's true stand-alone
+--- form.
+--- Arabic is a complex language which requires other settings, for
+--- further details see `arabic.txt`.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.arabicshape = true
+vim.o.arshape = vim.o.arabicshape
+vim.go.arabicshape = vim.o.arabicshape
+vim.go.arshape = vim.go.arabicshape
+
+--- When on, Vim will change the current working directory whenever you
+--- open a file, switch buffers, delete a buffer or open/close a window.
+--- It will change to the directory containing the file which was opened
+--- or selected.  When a buffer has no name it also has no directory, thus
+--- the current directory won't change when navigating to it.
+--- Note: When this option is on some plugins may not work.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.autochdir = false
+vim.o.acd = vim.o.autochdir
+vim.go.autochdir = vim.o.autochdir
+vim.go.acd = vim.go.autochdir
+
+--- Copy indent from current line when starting a new line (typing <CR>
+--- in Insert mode or when using the "o" or "O" command).  If you do not
+--- type anything on the new line except <BS> or CTRL-D and then type
+--- <Esc>, CTRL-O or <CR>, the indent is deleted again.  Moving the cursor
+--- to another line has the same effect, unless the 'I' flag is included
+--- in 'cpoptions'.
+--- When autoindent is on, formatting (with the "gq" command or when you
+--- reach 'textwidth' in Insert mode) uses the indentation of the first
+--- line.
+--- When 'smartindent' or 'cindent' is on the indent is changed in
+--- a different way.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.autoindent = true
+vim.o.ai = vim.o.autoindent
+vim.bo.autoindent = vim.o.autoindent
+vim.bo.ai = vim.bo.autoindent
+
+--- When a file has been detected to have been changed outside of Vim and
+--- it has not been changed inside of Vim, automatically read it again.
+--- When the file has been deleted this is not done, so you have the text
+--- from before it was deleted.  When it appears again then it is read.
+--- `timestamp`
+--- If this option has a local value, use this command to switch back to
+--- using the global value:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set autoread<
+--- ```
+---
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.autoread = true
+vim.o.ar = vim.o.autoread
+vim.bo.autoread = vim.o.autoread
+vim.bo.ar = vim.bo.autoread
+vim.go.autoread = vim.o.autoread
+vim.go.ar = vim.go.autoread
+
+--- Write the contents of the file, if it has been modified, on each
+--- `:next`, `:rewind`, `:last`, `:first`, `:previous`, `:stop`,
+--- `:suspend`, `:tag`, `:!`, `:make`, CTRL-] and CTRL-^ command; and when
+--- a `:buffer`, CTRL-O, CTRL-I, '{A-Z0-9}, or `{A-Z0-9} command takes one
+--- to another file.
+--- A buffer is not written if it becomes hidden, e.g. when 'bufhidden' is
+--- set to "hide" and `:next` is used.
+--- Note that for some commands the 'autowrite' option is not used, see
+--- 'autowriteall' for that.
+--- Some buffers will not be written, specifically when 'buftype' is
+--- "nowrite", "nofile", "terminal" or "prompt".
+--- USE WITH CARE: If you make temporary changes to a buffer that you
+--- don't want to be saved this option may cause it to be saved anyway.
+--- Renaming the buffer with ":file {name}" may help avoid this.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.autowrite = false
+vim.o.aw = vim.o.autowrite
+vim.go.autowrite = vim.o.autowrite
+vim.go.aw = vim.go.autowrite
+
+--- Like 'autowrite', but also used for commands ":edit", ":enew", ":quit",
+--- ":qall", ":exit", ":xit", ":recover" and closing the Vim window.
+--- Setting this option also implies that Vim behaves like 'autowrite' has
+--- been set.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.autowriteall = false
+vim.o.awa = vim.o.autowriteall
+vim.go.autowriteall = vim.o.autowriteall
+vim.go.awa = vim.go.autowriteall
+
+--- When set to "dark" or "light", adjusts the default color groups for
+--- that background type.  The `TUI` or other UI sets this on startup
+--- (triggering `OptionSet`) if it can detect the background color.
+---
+--- This option does NOT change the background color, it tells Nvim what
+--- the "inherited" (terminal/GUI) background looks like.
+--- See `:hi-normal` if you want to set the background color explicitly.
+--- 					*g:colors_name*
+--- When a color scheme is loaded (the "g:colors_name" variable is set)
+--- setting 'background' will cause the color scheme to be reloaded.  If
+--- the color scheme adjusts to the value of 'background' this will work.
+--- However, if the color scheme sets 'background' itself the effect may
+--- be undone.  First delete the "g:colors_name" variable when needed.
+---
+--- Normally this option would be set in the vimrc file.  Possibly
+--- depending on the terminal name.  Example:
+--- ```
+--- 	:if $TERM ==# "xterm"
+--- 	:  set background=dark
+--- 	:endif
+--- ```
+--- When this option is set, the default settings for the highlight groups
+--- will change.  To use other settings, place ":highlight" commands AFTER
+--- the setting of the 'background' option.
+--- This option is also used in the "$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim" file
+--- to select the colors for syntax highlighting.  After changing this
+--- option, you must load syntax.vim again to see the result.  This can be
+--- done with ":syntax on".
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.background = "dark"
+vim.o.bg = vim.o.background
+vim.go.background = vim.o.background
+vim.go.bg = vim.go.background
+
+--- Influences the working of <BS>, <Del>, CTRL-W and CTRL-U in Insert
+--- mode.  This is a list of items, separated by commas.  Each item allows
+--- a way to backspace over something:
+--- value	effect	~
+--- indent	allow backspacing over autoindent
+--- eol	allow backspacing over line breaks (join lines)
+--- start	allow backspacing over the start of insert; CTRL-W and CTRL-U
+--- 	stop once at the start of insert.
+--- nostop	like start, except CTRL-W and CTRL-U do not stop at the start of
+--- 	insert.
+---
+--- When the value is empty, Vi compatible backspacing is used, none of
+--- the ways mentioned for the items above are possible.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.backspace = "indent,eol,start"
+vim.o.bs = vim.o.backspace
+vim.go.backspace = vim.o.backspace
+vim.go.bs = vim.go.backspace
+
+--- Make a backup before overwriting a file.  Leave it around after the
+--- file has been successfully written.  If you do not want to keep the
+--- backup file, but you do want a backup while the file is being
+--- written, reset this option and set the 'writebackup' option (this is
+--- the default).  If you do not want a backup file at all reset both
+--- options (use this if your file system is almost full).  See the
+--- `backup-table` for more explanations.
+--- When the 'backupskip' pattern matches, a backup is not made anyway.
+--- When 'patchmode' is set, the backup may be renamed to become the
+--- oldest version of a file.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.backup = false
+vim.o.bk = vim.o.backup
+vim.go.backup = vim.o.backup
+vim.go.bk = vim.go.backup
+
+--- When writing a file and a backup is made, this option tells how it's
+--- done.  This is a comma-separated list of words.
+---
+--- The main values are:
+--- "yes"	make a copy of the file and overwrite the original one
+--- "no"	rename the file and write a new one
+--- "auto"	one of the previous, what works best
+---
+--- Extra values that can be combined with the ones above are:
+--- "breaksymlink"	always break symlinks when writing
+--- "breakhardlink"	always break hardlinks when writing
+---
+--- Making a copy and overwriting the original file:
+--- - Takes extra time to copy the file.
+--- + When the file has special attributes, is a (hard/symbolic) link or
+---   has a resource fork, all this is preserved.
+--- - When the file is a link the backup will have the name of the link,
+---   not of the real file.
+---
+--- Renaming the file and writing a new one:
+--- + It's fast.
+--- - Sometimes not all attributes of the file can be copied to the new
+---   file.
+--- - When the file is a link the new file will not be a link.
+---
+--- The "auto" value is the middle way: When Vim sees that renaming the
+--- file is possible without side effects (the attributes can be passed on
+--- and the file is not a link) that is used.  When problems are expected,
+--- a copy will be made.
+---
+--- The "breaksymlink" and "breakhardlink" values can be used in
+--- combination with any of "yes", "no" and "auto".  When included, they
+--- force Vim to always break either symbolic or hard links by doing
+--- exactly what the "no" option does, renaming the original file to
+--- become the backup and writing a new file in its place.  This can be
+--- useful for example in source trees where all the files are symbolic or
+--- hard links and any changes should stay in the local source tree, not
+--- be propagated back to the original source.
+--- 						*crontab*
+--- One situation where "no" and "auto" will cause problems: A program
+--- that opens a file, invokes Vim to edit that file, and then tests if
+--- the open file was changed (through the file descriptor) will check the
+--- backup file instead of the newly created file.  "crontab -e" is an
+--- example.
+---
+--- When a copy is made, the original file is truncated and then filled
+--- with the new text.  This means that protection bits, owner and
+--- symbolic links of the original file are unmodified.  The backup file,
+--- however, is a new file, owned by the user who edited the file.  The
+--- group of the backup is set to the group of the original file.  If this
+--- fails, the protection bits for the group are made the same as for
+--- others.
+---
+--- When the file is renamed, this is the other way around: The backup has
+--- the same attributes of the original file, and the newly written file
+--- is owned by the current user.  When the file was a (hard/symbolic)
+--- link, the new file will not!  That's why the "auto" value doesn't
+--- rename when the file is a link.  The owner and group of the newly
+--- written file will be set to the same ones as the original file, but
+--- the system may refuse to do this.  In that case the "auto" value will
+--- again not rename the file.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.backupcopy = "auto"
+vim.o.bkc = vim.o.backupcopy
+vim.bo.backupcopy = vim.o.backupcopy
+vim.bo.bkc = vim.bo.backupcopy
+vim.go.backupcopy = vim.o.backupcopy
+vim.go.bkc = vim.go.backupcopy
+
+--- List of directories for the backup file, separated with commas.
+--- - The backup file will be created in the first directory in the list
+---   where this is possible.  If none of the directories exist Nvim will
+---   attempt to create the last directory in the list.
+--- - Empty means that no backup file will be created ('patchmode' is
+---   impossible!).  Writing may fail because of this.
+--- - A directory "." means to put the backup file in the same directory
+---   as the edited file.
+--- - A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for MS-Windows) means to put
+---   the backup file relative to where the edited file is.  The leading
+---   "." is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
+---   ("." inside a directory name has no special meaning).
+--- - Spaces after the comma are ignored, other spaces are considered part
+---   of the directory name.  To have a space at the start of a directory
+---   name, precede it with a backslash.
+--- - To include a comma in a directory name precede it with a backslash.
+--- - A directory name may end in an '/'.
+--- - For Unix and Win32, if a directory ends in two path separators "//",
+---   the swap file name will be built from the complete path to the file
+---   with all path separators changed to percent '%' signs. This will
+---   ensure file name uniqueness in the backup directory.
+---   On Win32, it is also possible to end with "\\".  However, When a
+---   separating comma is following, you must use "//", since "\\" will
+---   include the comma in the file name. Therefore it is recommended to
+---   use '//', instead of '\\'.
+--- - Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
+--- - Careful with '\' characters, type one before a space, type two to
+---   get one in the option (see `option-backslash`), for example:
+--- ```
+---     :set bdir=c:\\tmp,\ dir\\,with\\,commas,\\\ dir\ with\ spaces
+--- ```
+---
+--- See also 'backup' and 'writebackup' options.
+--- If you want to hide your backup files on Unix, consider this value:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set backupdir=./.backup,~/.backup,.,/tmp
+--- ```
+--- You must create a ".backup" directory in each directory and in your
+--- home directory for this to work properly.
+--- The use of `:set+=` and `:set-=` is preferred when adding or removing
+--- directories from the list.  This avoids problems when a future version
+--- uses another default.
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.backupdir = ".,$XDG_STATE_HOME/nvim/backup//"
+vim.o.bdir = vim.o.backupdir
+vim.go.backupdir = vim.o.backupdir
+vim.go.bdir = vim.go.backupdir
+
+--- String which is appended to a file name to make the name of the
+--- backup file.  The default is quite unusual, because this avoids
+--- accidentally overwriting existing files with a backup file.  You might
+--- prefer using ".bak", but make sure that you don't have files with
+--- ".bak" that you want to keep.
+--- Only normal file name characters can be used; `/\*?[|<>` are illegal.
+---
+--- If you like to keep a lot of backups, you could use a BufWritePre
+--- autocommand to change 'backupext' just before writing the file to
+--- include a timestamp.
+--- ```
+--- 	:au BufWritePre * let &bex = '-' .. strftime("%Y%b%d%X") .. '~'
+--- ```
+--- Use 'backupdir' to put the backup in a different directory.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.backupext = "~"
+vim.o.bex = vim.o.backupext
+vim.go.backupext = vim.o.backupext
+vim.go.bex = vim.go.backupext
+
+--- A list of file patterns.  When one of the patterns matches with the
+--- name of the file which is written, no backup file is created.  Both
+--- the specified file name and the full path name of the file are used.
+--- The pattern is used like with `:autocmd`, see `autocmd-pattern`.
+--- Watch out for special characters, see `option-backslash`.
+--- When $TMPDIR, $TMP or $TEMP is not defined, it is not used for the
+--- default value.  "/tmp/*" is only used for Unix.
+---
+--- WARNING: Not having a backup file means that when Vim fails to write
+--- your buffer correctly and then, for whatever reason, Vim exits, you
+--- lose both the original file and what you were writing.  Only disable
+--- backups if you don't care about losing the file.
+---
+--- Note that environment variables are not expanded.  If you want to use
+--- $HOME you must expand it explicitly, e.g.:
+---
+--- ```vim
+--- 	:let &backupskip = escape(expand('$HOME'), '\') .. '/tmp/*'
+--- ```
+--- Note that the default also makes sure that "crontab -e" works (when a
+--- backup would be made by renaming the original file crontab won't see
+--- the newly created file).  Also see 'backupcopy' and `crontab`.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.backupskip = "/tmp/*"
+vim.o.bsk = vim.o.backupskip
+vim.go.backupskip = vim.o.backupskip
+vim.go.bsk = vim.go.backupskip
+
+--- Specifies for which events the bell will not be rung. It is a comma-
+--- separated list of items. For each item that is present, the bell
+--- will be silenced. This is most useful to specify specific events in
+--- insert mode to be silenced.
+---
+--- item	    meaning when present	~
+--- all	    All events.
+--- backspace   When hitting <BS> or <Del> and deleting results in an
+--- 	    error.
+--- cursor	    Fail to move around using the cursor keys or
+--- 	    <PageUp>/<PageDown> in `Insert-mode`.
+--- complete    Error occurred when using `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-K` or
+--- 	    `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-T`.
+--- copy	    Cannot copy char from insert mode using `i_CTRL-Y` or
+--- 	    `i_CTRL-E`.
+--- ctrlg	    Unknown Char after <C-G> in Insert mode.
+--- error	    Other Error occurred (e.g. try to join last line)
+--- 	    (mostly used in `Normal-mode` or `Cmdline-mode`).
+--- esc	    hitting <Esc> in `Normal-mode`.
+--- hangul	    Ignored.
+--- lang	    Calling the beep module for Lua/Mzscheme/TCL.
+--- mess	    No output available for `g<`.
+--- showmatch   Error occurred for 'showmatch' function.
+--- operator    Empty region error `cpo-E`.
+--- register    Unknown register after <C-R> in `Insert-mode`.
+--- shell	    Bell from shell output `:!`.
+--- spell	    Error happened on spell suggest.
+--- wildmode    More matches in `cmdline-completion` available
+--- 	    (depends on the 'wildmode' setting).
+---
+--- This is most useful to fine tune when in Insert mode the bell should
+--- be rung. For Normal mode and Ex commands, the bell is often rung to
+--- indicate that an error occurred. It can be silenced by adding the
+--- "error" keyword.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.belloff = "all"
+vim.o.bo = vim.o.belloff
+vim.go.belloff = vim.o.belloff
+vim.go.bo = vim.go.belloff
+
+--- This option should be set before editing a binary file.  You can also
+--- use the `-b` Vim argument.  When this option is switched on a few
+--- options will be changed (also when it already was on):
+--- 	'textwidth'  will be set to 0
+--- 	'wrapmargin' will be set to 0
+--- 	'modeline'   will be off
+--- 	'expandtab'  will be off
+--- Also, 'fileformat' and 'fileformats' options will not be used, the
+--- file is read and written like 'fileformat' was "unix" (a single <NL>
+--- separates lines).
+--- The 'fileencoding' and 'fileencodings' options will not be used, the
+--- file is read without conversion.
+--- NOTE: When you start editing a(nother) file while the 'bin' option is
+--- on, settings from autocommands may change the settings again (e.g.,
+--- 'textwidth'), causing trouble when editing.  You might want to set
+--- 'bin' again when the file has been loaded.
+--- The previous values of these options are remembered and restored when
+--- 'bin' is switched from on to off.  Each buffer has its own set of
+--- saved option values.
+--- To edit a file with 'binary' set you can use the `++bin` argument.
+--- This avoids you have to do ":set bin", which would have effect for all
+--- files you edit.
+--- When writing a file the <EOL> for the last line is only written if
+--- there was one in the original file (normally Vim appends an <EOL> to
+--- the last line if there is none; this would make the file longer).  See
+--- the 'endofline' option.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.binary = false
+vim.o.bin = vim.o.binary
+vim.bo.binary = vim.o.binary
+vim.bo.bin = vim.bo.binary
+
+--- When writing a file and the following conditions are met, a BOM (Byte
+--- Order Mark) is prepended to the file:
+--- - this option is on
+--- - the 'binary' option is off
+--- - 'fileencoding' is "utf-8", "ucs-2", "ucs-4" or one of the little/big
+---   endian variants.
+--- Some applications use the BOM to recognize the encoding of the file.
+--- Often used for UCS-2 files on MS-Windows.  For other applications it
+--- causes trouble, for example: "cat file1 file2" makes the BOM of file2
+--- appear halfway through the resulting file.  Gcc doesn't accept a BOM.
+--- When Vim reads a file and 'fileencodings' starts with "ucs-bom", a
+--- check for the presence of the BOM is done and 'bomb' set accordingly.
+--- Unless 'binary' is set, it is removed from the first line, so that you
+--- don't see it when editing.  When you don't change the options, the BOM
+--- will be restored when writing the file.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.bomb = false
+vim.bo.bomb = vim.o.bomb
+
+--- This option lets you choose which characters might cause a line
+--- break if 'linebreak' is on.  Only works for ASCII characters.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.breakat = " \t!@*-+;:,./?"
+vim.o.brk = vim.o.breakat
+vim.go.breakat = vim.o.breakat
+vim.go.brk = vim.go.breakat
+
+--- Every wrapped line will continue visually indented (same amount of
+--- space as the beginning of that line), thus preserving horizontal blocks
+--- of text.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.breakindent = false
+vim.o.bri = vim.o.breakindent
+vim.wo.breakindent = vim.o.breakindent
+vim.wo.bri = vim.wo.breakindent
+
+--- Settings for 'breakindent'. It can consist of the following optional
+--- items and must be separated by a comma:
+--- 	min:{n}	    Minimum text width that will be kept after
+--- 		    applying 'breakindent', even if the resulting
+--- 		    text should normally be narrower. This prevents
+--- 		    text indented almost to the right window border
+--- 		    occupying lot of vertical space when broken.
+--- 		    (default: 20)
+--- 	shift:{n}   After applying 'breakindent', the wrapped line's
+--- 		    beginning will be shifted by the given number of
+--- 		    characters.  It permits dynamic French paragraph
+--- 		    indentation (negative) or emphasizing the line
+--- 		    continuation (positive).
+--- 		    (default: 0)
+--- 	sbr	    Display the 'showbreak' value before applying the
+--- 		    additional indent.
+--- 		    (default: off)
+--- 	list:{n}    Adds an additional indent for lines that match a
+--- 		    numbered or bulleted list (using the
+--- 		    'formatlistpat' setting).
+--- 	list:-1	    Uses the length of a match with 'formatlistpat'
+--- 		    for indentation.
+--- 		    (default: 0)
+--- 	column:{n}  Indent at column {n}. Will overrule the other
+--- 		    sub-options. Note: an additional indent may be
+--- 		    added for the 'showbreak' setting.
+--- 		    (default: off)
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.breakindentopt = ""
+vim.o.briopt = vim.o.breakindentopt
+vim.wo.breakindentopt = vim.o.breakindentopt
+vim.wo.briopt = vim.wo.breakindentopt
+
+--- Which directory to use for the file browser:
+---    last		Use same directory as with last file browser, where a
+--- 		file was opened or saved.
+---    buffer	Use the directory of the related buffer.
+---    current	Use the current directory.
+---    {path}	Use the specified directory
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.browsedir = ""
+vim.o.bsdir = vim.o.browsedir
+vim.go.browsedir = vim.o.browsedir
+vim.go.bsdir = vim.go.browsedir
+
+--- This option specifies what happens when a buffer is no longer
+--- displayed in a window:
+---   <empty>	follow the global 'hidden' option
+---   hide		hide the buffer (don't unload it), even if 'hidden' is
+--- 		not set
+---   unload	unload the buffer, even if 'hidden' is set; the
+--- 		`:hide` command will also unload the buffer
+---   delete	delete the buffer from the buffer list, even if
+--- 		'hidden' is set; the `:hide` command will also delete
+--- 		the buffer, making it behave like `:bdelete`
+---   wipe		wipe the buffer from the buffer list, even if
+--- 		'hidden' is set; the `:hide` command will also wipe
+--- 		out the buffer, making it behave like `:bwipeout`
+---
+--- CAREFUL: when "unload", "delete" or "wipe" is used changes in a buffer
+--- are lost without a warning.  Also, these values may break autocommands
+--- that switch between buffers temporarily.
+--- This option is used together with 'buftype' and 'swapfile' to specify
+--- special kinds of buffers.   See `special-buffers`.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.bufhidden = ""
+vim.o.bh = vim.o.bufhidden
+vim.bo.bufhidden = vim.o.bufhidden
+vim.bo.bh = vim.bo.bufhidden
+
+--- When this option is set, the buffer shows up in the buffer list.  If
+--- it is reset it is not used for ":bnext", "ls", the Buffers menu, etc.
+--- This option is reset by Vim for buffers that are only used to remember
+--- a file name or marks.  Vim sets it when starting to edit a buffer.
+--- But not when moving to a buffer with ":buffer".
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.buflisted = true
+vim.o.bl = vim.o.buflisted
+vim.bo.buflisted = vim.o.buflisted
+vim.bo.bl = vim.bo.buflisted
+
+--- The value of this option specifies the type of a buffer:
+---   <empty>	normal buffer
+---   acwrite	buffer will always be written with `BufWriteCmd`s
+---   help		help buffer (do not set this manually)
+---   nofile	buffer is not related to a file, will not be written
+---   nowrite	buffer will not be written
+---   quickfix	list of errors `:cwindow` or locations `:lwindow`
+---   terminal	`terminal-emulator` buffer
+---   prompt	buffer where only the last line can be edited, meant
+--- 		to be used by a plugin, see `prompt-buffer`
+---
+--- This option is used together with 'bufhidden' and 'swapfile' to
+--- specify special kinds of buffers.   See `special-buffers`.
+--- Also see `win_gettype()`, which returns the type of the window.
+---
+--- Be careful with changing this option, it can have many side effects!
+--- One such effect is that Vim will not check the timestamp of the file,
+--- if the file is changed by another program this will not be noticed.
+---
+--- A "quickfix" buffer is only used for the error list and the location
+--- list.  This value is set by the `:cwindow` and `:lwindow` commands and
+--- you are not supposed to change it.
+---
+--- "nofile" and "nowrite" buffers are similar:
+--- both:		The buffer is not to be written to disk, ":w" doesn't
+--- 		work (":w filename" does work though).
+--- both:		The buffer is never considered to be `'modified'`.
+--- 		There is no warning when the changes will be lost, for
+--- 		example when you quit Vim.
+--- both:		A swap file is only created when using too much memory
+--- 		(when 'swapfile' has been reset there is never a swap
+--- 		file).
+--- nofile only:	The buffer name is fixed, it is not handled like a
+--- 		file name.  It is not modified in response to a `:cd`
+--- 		command.
+--- both:		When using ":e bufname" and already editing "bufname"
+--- 		the buffer is made empty and autocommands are
+--- 		triggered as usual for `:edit`.
+--- 						*E676*
+--- "acwrite" implies that the buffer name is not related to a file, like
+--- "nofile", but it will be written.  Thus, in contrast to "nofile" and
+--- "nowrite", ":w" does work and a modified buffer can't be abandoned
+--- without saving.  For writing there must be matching `BufWriteCmd|,
+--- |FileWriteCmd` or `FileAppendCmd` autocommands.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.buftype = ""
+vim.o.bt = vim.o.buftype
+vim.bo.buftype = vim.o.buftype
+vim.bo.bt = vim.bo.buftype
+
+--- Specifies details about changing the case of letters.  It may contain
+--- these words, separated by a comma:
+--- internal	Use internal case mapping functions, the current
+--- 		locale does not change the case mapping. When
+--- 		"internal" is omitted, the towupper() and towlower()
+--- 		system library functions are used when available.
+--- keepascii	For the ASCII characters (0x00 to 0x7f) use the US
+--- 		case mapping, the current locale is not effective.
+--- 		This probably only matters for Turkish.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.casemap = "internal,keepascii"
+vim.o.cmp = vim.o.casemap
+vim.go.casemap = vim.o.casemap
+vim.go.cmp = vim.go.casemap
+
+--- When on, `:cd`, `:tcd` and `:lcd` without an argument changes the
+--- current working directory to the `$HOME` directory like in Unix.
+--- When off, those commands just print the current directory name.
+--- On Unix this option has no effect.
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.cdhome = false
+vim.o.cdh = vim.o.cdhome
+vim.go.cdhome = vim.o.cdhome
+vim.go.cdh = vim.go.cdhome
+
+--- This is a list of directories which will be searched when using the
+--- `:cd`, `:tcd` and `:lcd` commands, provided that the directory being
+--- searched for has a relative path, not an absolute part starting with
+--- "/", "./" or "../", the 'cdpath' option is not used then.
+--- The 'cdpath' option's value has the same form and semantics as
+--- `'path'`.  Also see `file-searching`.
+--- The default value is taken from $CDPATH, with a "," prepended to look
+--- in the current directory first.
+--- If the default value taken from $CDPATH is not what you want, include
+--- a modified version of the following command in your vimrc file to
+--- override it:
+--- ```
+---   :let &cdpath = ',' .. substitute(substitute($CDPATH, '[, ]', '\\\0', 'g'), ':', ',', 'g')
+--- ```
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+--- (parts of 'cdpath' can be passed to the shell to expand file names).
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.cdpath = ",,"
+vim.o.cd = vim.o.cdpath
+vim.go.cdpath = vim.o.cdpath
+vim.go.cd = vim.go.cdpath
+
+--- The key used in Command-line Mode to open the command-line window.
+--- Only non-printable keys are allowed.
+--- The key can be specified as a single character, but it is difficult to
+--- type.  The preferred way is to use the <> notation.  Examples:
+--- ```
+--- 	:exe "set cedit=\\<C-Y>"
+--- 	:exe "set cedit=\\<Esc>"
+--- ```
+--- `Nvi` also has this option, but it only uses the first character.
+--- See `cmdwin`.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.cedit = "\6"
+vim.go.cedit = vim.o.cedit
+
+--- `channel` connected to the buffer, or 0 if no channel is connected.
+--- In a `:terminal` buffer this is the terminal channel.
+--- Read-only.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.channel = 0
+vim.bo.channel = vim.o.channel
+
+--- An expression that is used for character encoding conversion.  It is
+--- evaluated when a file that is to be read or has been written has a
+--- different encoding from what is desired.
+--- 'charconvert' is not used when the internal iconv() function is
+--- supported and is able to do the conversion.  Using iconv() is
+--- preferred, because it is much faster.
+--- 'charconvert' is not used when reading stdin `--`, because there is no
+--- file to convert from.  You will have to save the text in a file first.
+--- The expression must return zero, false or an empty string for success,
+--- non-zero or true for failure.
+--- See `encoding-names` for possible encoding names.
+--- Additionally, names given in 'fileencodings' and 'fileencoding' are
+--- used.
+--- Conversion between "latin1", "unicode", "ucs-2", "ucs-4" and "utf-8"
+--- is done internally by Vim, 'charconvert' is not used for this.
+--- Also used for Unicode conversion.
+--- Example:
+--- ```
+--- 	set charconvert=CharConvert()
+--- 	fun CharConvert()
+--- 	  system("recode "
+--- 		\ .. v:charconvert_from .. ".." .. v:charconvert_to
+--- 		\ .. " <" .. v:fname_in .. " >" .. v:fname_out)
+--- 	  return v:shell_error
+--- 	endfun
+--- ```
+--- The related Vim variables are:
+--- 	v:charconvert_from	name of the current encoding
+--- 	v:charconvert_to	name of the desired encoding
+--- 	v:fname_in		name of the input file
+--- 	v:fname_out		name of the output file
+--- Note that v:fname_in and v:fname_out will never be the same.
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.charconvert = ""
+vim.o.ccv = vim.o.charconvert
+vim.go.charconvert = vim.o.charconvert
+vim.go.ccv = vim.go.charconvert
+
+--- Enables automatic C program indenting.  See 'cinkeys' to set the keys
+--- that trigger reindenting in insert mode and 'cinoptions' to set your
+--- preferred indent style.
+--- If 'indentexpr' is not empty, it overrules 'cindent'.
+--- If 'lisp' is not on and both 'indentexpr' and 'equalprg' are empty,
+--- the "=" operator indents using this algorithm rather than calling an
+--- external program.
+--- See `C-indenting`.
+--- When you don't like the way 'cindent' works, try the 'smartindent'
+--- option or 'indentexpr'.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.cindent = false
+vim.o.cin = vim.o.cindent
+vim.bo.cindent = vim.o.cindent
+vim.bo.cin = vim.bo.cindent
+
+--- A list of keys that, when typed in Insert mode, cause reindenting of
+--- the current line.  Only used if 'cindent' is on and 'indentexpr' is
+--- empty.
+--- For the format of this option see `cinkeys-format`.
+--- See `C-indenting`.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.cinkeys = "0{,0},0),0],:,0#,!^F,o,O,e"
+vim.o.cink = vim.o.cinkeys
+vim.bo.cinkeys = vim.o.cinkeys
+vim.bo.cink = vim.bo.cinkeys
+
+--- The 'cinoptions' affect the way 'cindent' reindents lines in a C
+--- program.  See `cinoptions-values` for the values of this option, and
+--- `C-indenting` for info on C indenting in general.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.cinoptions = ""
+vim.o.cino = vim.o.cinoptions
+vim.bo.cinoptions = vim.o.cinoptions
+vim.bo.cino = vim.bo.cinoptions
+
+--- Keywords that are interpreted as a C++ scope declaration by `cino-g`.
+--- Useful e.g. for working with the Qt framework that defines additional
+--- scope declarations "signals", "public slots" and "private slots":
+--- ```
+--- 	set cinscopedecls+=signals,public\ slots,private\ slots
+--- ```
+---
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.cinscopedecls = "public,protected,private"
+vim.o.cinsd = vim.o.cinscopedecls
+vim.bo.cinscopedecls = vim.o.cinscopedecls
+vim.bo.cinsd = vim.bo.cinscopedecls
+
+--- These keywords start an extra indent in the next line when
+--- 'smartindent' or 'cindent' is set.  For 'cindent' this is only done at
+--- an appropriate place (inside {}).
+--- Note that 'ignorecase' isn't used for 'cinwords'.  If case doesn't
+--- matter, include the keyword both the uppercase and lowercase:
+--- "if,If,IF".
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.cinwords = "if,else,while,do,for,switch"
+vim.o.cinw = vim.o.cinwords
+vim.bo.cinwords = vim.o.cinwords
+vim.bo.cinw = vim.bo.cinwords
+
+--- This option is a list of comma-separated names.
+--- These names are recognized:
+---
+--- 					*clipboard-unnamed*
+--- unnamed		When included, Vim will use the clipboard register "*"
+--- 		for all yank, delete, change and put operations which
+--- 		would normally go to the unnamed register.  When a
+--- 		register is explicitly specified, it will always be
+--- 		used regardless of whether "unnamed" is in 'clipboard'
+--- 		or not.  The clipboard register can always be
+--- 		explicitly accessed using the "* notation.  Also see
+--- 		`clipboard`.
+---
+--- 					*clipboard-unnamedplus*
+--- unnamedplus	A variant of the "unnamed" flag which uses the
+--- 		clipboard register "+" (`quoteplus`) instead of
+--- 		register "*" for all yank, delete, change and put
+--- 		operations which would normally go to the unnamed
+--- 		register.  When "unnamed" is also included to the
+--- 		option, yank and delete operations (but not put)
+--- 		will additionally copy the text into register
+--- 		"*". See `clipboard`.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.clipboard = ""
+vim.o.cb = vim.o.clipboard
+vim.go.clipboard = vim.o.clipboard
+vim.go.cb = vim.go.clipboard
+
+--- Number of screen lines to use for the command-line.  Helps avoiding
+--- `hit-enter` prompts.
+--- The value of this option is stored with the tab page, so that each tab
+--- page can have a different value.
+---
+--- When 'cmdheight' is zero, there is no command-line unless it is being
+--- used.  The command-line will cover the last line of the screen when
+--- shown.
+---
+--- WARNING: `cmdheight=0` is considered experimental. Expect some
+--- unwanted behaviour. Some 'shortmess' flags and similar
+--- mechanism might fail to take effect, causing unwanted hit-enter
+--- prompts.  Some informative messages, both from Nvim itself and
+--- plugins, will not be displayed.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.cmdheight = 1
+vim.o.ch = vim.o.cmdheight
+vim.go.cmdheight = vim.o.cmdheight
+vim.go.ch = vim.go.cmdheight
+
+--- Number of screen lines to use for the command-line window. `cmdwin`
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.cmdwinheight = 7
+vim.o.cwh = vim.o.cmdwinheight
+vim.go.cmdwinheight = vim.o.cmdwinheight
+vim.go.cwh = vim.go.cmdwinheight
+
+--- 'colorcolumn' is a comma-separated list of screen columns that are
+--- highlighted with ColorColumn `hl-ColorColumn`.  Useful to align
+--- text.  Will make screen redrawing slower.
+--- The screen column can be an absolute number, or a number preceded with
+--- '+' or '-', which is added to or subtracted from 'textwidth'.
+--- ```
+--- 	:set cc=+1	  " highlight column after 'textwidth'
+--- 	:set cc=+1,+2,+3  " highlight three columns after 'textwidth'
+--- 	:hi ColorColumn ctermbg=lightgrey guibg=lightgrey
+--- ```
+---
+--- When 'textwidth' is zero then the items with '-' and '+' are not used.
+--- A maximum of 256 columns are highlighted.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.colorcolumn = ""
+vim.o.cc = vim.o.colorcolumn
+vim.wo.colorcolumn = vim.o.colorcolumn
+vim.wo.cc = vim.wo.colorcolumn
+
+--- Number of columns of the screen.  Normally this is set by the terminal
+--- initialization and does not have to be set by hand.
+--- When Vim is running in the GUI or in a resizable window, setting this
+--- option will cause the window size to be changed.  When you only want
+--- to use the size for the GUI, put the command in your `ginit.vim` file.
+--- When you set this option and Vim is unable to change the physical
+--- number of columns of the display, the display may be messed up.  For
+--- the GUI it is always possible and Vim limits the number of columns to
+--- what fits on the screen.  You can use this command to get the widest
+--- window possible:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set columns=9999
+--- ```
+--- Minimum value is 12, maximum value is 10000.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.columns = 80
+vim.o.co = vim.o.columns
+vim.go.columns = vim.o.columns
+vim.go.co = vim.go.columns
+
+--- A comma-separated list of strings that can start a comment line.  See
+--- `format-comments`.  See `option-backslash` about using backslashes to
+--- insert a space.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.comments = "s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://,b:#,:%,:XCOMM,n:>,fb:-,fb:•"
+vim.o.com = vim.o.comments
+vim.bo.comments = vim.o.comments
+vim.bo.com = vim.bo.comments
+
+--- A template for a comment.  The "%s" in the value is replaced with the
+--- comment text.  For example, C uses "/*%s*/". Currently only used to
+--- add markers for folding, see `fold-marker`.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.commentstring = ""
+vim.o.cms = vim.o.commentstring
+vim.bo.commentstring = vim.o.commentstring
+vim.bo.cms = vim.bo.commentstring
+
+--- This option specifies how keyword completion `ins-completion` works
+--- when CTRL-P or CTRL-N are used.  It is also used for whole-line
+--- completion `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-L`.  It indicates the type of completion
+--- and the places to scan.  It is a comma-separated list of flags:
+--- .	scan the current buffer ('wrapscan' is ignored)
+--- w	scan buffers from other windows
+--- b	scan other loaded buffers that are in the buffer list
+--- u	scan the unloaded buffers that are in the buffer list
+--- U	scan the buffers that are not in the buffer list
+--- k	scan the files given with the 'dictionary' option
+--- kspell  use the currently active spell checking `spell`
+--- k{dict}	scan the file {dict}.  Several "k" flags can be given,
+--- 	patterns are valid too.  For example:
+--- ```
+--- 		:set cpt=k/usr/dict/*,k~/spanish
+--- ```
+--- s	scan the files given with the 'thesaurus' option
+--- s{tsr}	scan the file {tsr}.  Several "s" flags can be given, patterns
+--- 	are valid too.
+--- i	scan current and included files
+--- d	scan current and included files for defined name or macro
+--- 	`i_CTRL-X_CTRL-D`
+--- ]	tag completion
+--- t	same as "]"
+--- f	scan the buffer names (as opposed to buffer contents)
+---
+--- Unloaded buffers are not loaded, thus their autocmds `:autocmd` are
+--- not executed, this may lead to unexpected completions from some files
+--- (gzipped files for example).  Unloaded buffers are not scanned for
+--- whole-line completion.
+---
+--- As you can see, CTRL-N and CTRL-P can be used to do any 'iskeyword'-
+--- based expansion (e.g., dictionary `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-K`, included patterns
+--- `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-I`, tags `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-]` and normal expansions).
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.complete = ".,w,b,u,t"
+vim.o.cpt = vim.o.complete
+vim.bo.complete = vim.o.complete
+vim.bo.cpt = vim.bo.complete
+
+--- This option specifies a function to be used for Insert mode completion
+--- with CTRL-X CTRL-U. `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U`
+--- See `complete-functions` for an explanation of how the function is
+--- invoked and what it should return.  The value can be the name of a
+--- function, a `lambda` or a `Funcref`. See `option-value-function` for
+--- more information.
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.completefunc = ""
+vim.o.cfu = vim.o.completefunc
+vim.bo.completefunc = vim.o.completefunc
+vim.bo.cfu = vim.bo.completefunc
+
+--- A comma-separated list of options for Insert mode completion
+--- `ins-completion`.  The supported values are:
+---
+---    menu	    Use a popup menu to show the possible completions.  The
+--- 	    menu is only shown when there is more than one match and
+--- 	    sufficient colors are available.  `ins-completion-menu`
+---
+---    menuone  Use the popup menu also when there is only one match.
+--- 	    Useful when there is additional information about the
+--- 	    match, e.g., what file it comes from.
+---
+---    longest  Only insert the longest common text of the matches.  If
+--- 	    the menu is displayed you can use CTRL-L to add more
+--- 	    characters.  Whether case is ignored depends on the kind
+--- 	    of completion.  For buffer text the 'ignorecase' option is
+--- 	    used.
+---
+---    preview  Show extra information about the currently selected
+--- 	    completion in the preview window.  Only works in
+--- 	    combination with "menu" or "menuone".
+---
+---   noinsert  Do not insert any text for a match until the user selects
+--- 	    a match from the menu. Only works in combination with
+--- 	    "menu" or "menuone". No effect if "longest" is present.
+---
+---   noselect  Do not select a match in the menu, force the user to
+--- 	    select one from the menu. Only works in combination with
+--- 	    "menu" or "menuone".
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.completeopt = "menu,preview"
+vim.o.cot = vim.o.completeopt
+vim.go.completeopt = vim.o.completeopt
+vim.go.cot = vim.go.completeopt
+
+--- 		only for MS-Windows
+--- When this option is set it overrules 'shellslash' for completion:
+--- - When this option is set to "slash", a forward slash is used for path
+---   completion in insert mode. This is useful when editing HTML tag, or
+---   Makefile with 'noshellslash' on MS-Windows.
+--- - When this option is set to "backslash", backslash is used. This is
+---   useful when editing a batch file with 'shellslash' set on MS-Windows.
+--- - When this option is empty, same character is used as for
+---   'shellslash'.
+--- For Insert mode completion the buffer-local value is used.  For
+--- command line completion the global value is used.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.completeslash = ""
+vim.o.csl = vim.o.completeslash
+vim.bo.completeslash = vim.o.completeslash
+vim.bo.csl = vim.bo.completeslash
+
+--- Sets the modes in which text in the cursor line can also be concealed.
+--- When the current mode is listed then concealing happens just like in
+--- other lines.
+---   n		Normal mode
+---   v		Visual mode
+---   i		Insert mode
+---   c		Command line editing, for 'incsearch'
+---
+--- 'v' applies to all lines in the Visual area, not only the cursor.
+--- A useful value is "nc".  This is used in help files.  So long as you
+--- are moving around text is concealed, but when starting to insert text
+--- or selecting a Visual area the concealed text is displayed, so that
+--- you can see what you are doing.
+--- Keep in mind that the cursor position is not always where it's
+--- displayed.  E.g., when moving vertically it may change column.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.concealcursor = ""
+vim.o.cocu = vim.o.concealcursor
+vim.wo.concealcursor = vim.o.concealcursor
+vim.wo.cocu = vim.wo.concealcursor
+
+--- Determine how text with the "conceal" syntax attribute `:syn-conceal`
+--- is shown:
+---
+--- Value		Effect ~
+--- 0		Text is shown normally
+--- 1		Each block of concealed text is replaced with one
+--- 		character.  If the syntax item does not have a custom
+--- 		replacement character defined (see `:syn-cchar`) the
+--- 		character defined in 'listchars' is used.
+--- 		It is highlighted with the "Conceal" highlight group.
+--- 2		Concealed text is completely hidden unless it has a
+--- 		custom replacement character defined (see
+--- 		`:syn-cchar`).
+--- 3		Concealed text is completely hidden.
+---
+--- Note: in the cursor line concealed text is not hidden, so that you can
+--- edit and copy the text.  This can be changed with the 'concealcursor'
+--- option.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.conceallevel = 0
+vim.o.cole = vim.o.conceallevel
+vim.wo.conceallevel = vim.o.conceallevel
+vim.wo.cole = vim.wo.conceallevel
+
+--- When 'confirm' is on, certain operations that would normally
+--- fail because of unsaved changes to a buffer, e.g. ":q" and ":e",
+--- instead raise a dialog asking if you wish to save the current
+--- file(s).  You can still use a ! to unconditionally `abandon` a buffer.
+--- If 'confirm' is off you can still activate confirmation for one
+--- command only (this is most useful in mappings) with the `:confirm`
+--- command.
+--- Also see the `confirm()` function and the 'v' flag in 'guioptions'.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.confirm = false
+vim.o.cf = vim.o.confirm
+vim.go.confirm = vim.o.confirm
+vim.go.cf = vim.go.confirm
+
+--- Copy the structure of the existing lines indent when autoindenting a
+--- new line.  Normally the new indent is reconstructed by a series of
+--- tabs followed by spaces as required (unless `'expandtab'` is enabled,
+--- in which case only spaces are used).  Enabling this option makes the
+--- new line copy whatever characters were used for indenting on the
+--- existing line.  'expandtab' has no effect on these characters, a Tab
+--- remains a Tab.  If the new indent is greater than on the existing
+--- line, the remaining space is filled in the normal manner.
+--- See 'preserveindent'.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.copyindent = false
+vim.o.ci = vim.o.copyindent
+vim.bo.copyindent = vim.o.copyindent
+vim.bo.ci = vim.bo.copyindent
+
+--- A sequence of single character flags.  When a character is present
+--- this indicates Vi-compatible behavior.  This is used for things where
+--- not being Vi-compatible is mostly or sometimes preferred.
+--- 'cpoptions' stands for "compatible-options".
+--- Commas can be added for readability.
+--- To avoid problems with flags that are added in the future, use the
+--- "+=" and "-=" feature of ":set" `add-option-flags`.
+---
+---     contains	behavior	~
+--- 							*cpo-a*
+--- 	a	When included, a ":read" command with a file name
+--- 		argument will set the alternate file name for the
+--- 		current window.
+--- 							*cpo-A*
+--- 	A	When included, a ":write" command with a file name
+--- 		argument will set the alternate file name for the
+--- 		current window.
+--- 							*cpo-b*
+--- 	b	"\|" in a ":map" command is recognized as the end of
+--- 		the map command.  The '\' is included in the mapping,
+--- 		the text after the '|' is interpreted as the next
+--- 		command.  Use a CTRL-V instead of a backslash to
+--- 		include the '|' in the mapping.  Applies to all
+--- 		mapping, abbreviation, menu and autocmd commands.
+--- 		See also `map_bar`.
+--- 							*cpo-B*
+--- 	B	A backslash has no special meaning in mappings,
+--- 		abbreviations, user commands and the "to" part of the
+--- 		menu commands.  Remove this flag to be able to use a
+--- 		backslash like a CTRL-V.  For example, the command
+--- 		":map X \\<Esc>" results in X being mapped to:
+--- 			'B' included:	"\^["	 (^[ is a real <Esc>)
+--- 			'B' excluded:	"<Esc>"  (5 characters)
+--- 							*cpo-c*
+--- 	c	Searching continues at the end of any match at the
+--- 		cursor position, but not further than the start of the
+--- 		next line.  When not present searching continues
+--- 		one character from the cursor position.  With 'c'
+--- 		"abababababab" only gets three matches when repeating
+--- 		"/abab", without 'c' there are five matches.
+--- 							*cpo-C*
+--- 	C	Do not concatenate sourced lines that start with a
+--- 		backslash.  See `line-continuation`.
+--- 							*cpo-d*
+--- 	d	Using "./" in the 'tags' option doesn't mean to use
+--- 		the tags file relative to the current file, but the
+--- 		tags file in the current directory.
+--- 							*cpo-D*
+--- 	D	Can't use CTRL-K to enter a digraph after Normal mode
+--- 		commands with a character argument, like `r`, `f` and
+--- 		`t`.
+--- 							*cpo-e*
+--- 	e	When executing a register with ":@r", always add a
+--- 		<CR> to the last line, also when the register is not
+--- 		linewise.  If this flag is not present, the register
+--- 		is not linewise and the last line does not end in a
+--- 		<CR>, then the last line is put on the command-line
+--- 		and can be edited before hitting <CR>.
+--- 							*cpo-E*
+--- 	E	It is an error when using "y", "d", "c", "g~", "gu" or
+--- 		"gU" on an Empty region.  The operators only work when
+--- 		at least one character is to be operated on.  Example:
+--- 		This makes "y0" fail in the first column.
+--- 							*cpo-f*
+--- 	f	When included, a ":read" command with a file name
+--- 		argument will set the file name for the current buffer,
+--- 		if the current buffer doesn't have a file name yet.
+--- 							*cpo-F*
+--- 	F	When included, a ":write" command with a file name
+--- 		argument will set the file name for the current
+--- 		buffer, if the current buffer doesn't have a file name
+--- 		yet.  Also see `cpo-P`.
+--- 							*cpo-i*
+--- 	i	When included, interrupting the reading of a file will
+--- 		leave it modified.
+--- 							*cpo-I*
+--- 	I	When moving the cursor up or down just after inserting
+--- 		indent for 'autoindent', do not delete the indent.
+--- 							*cpo-J*
+--- 	J	A `sentence` has to be followed by two spaces after
+--- 		the '.', '!' or '?'.  A <Tab> is not recognized as
+--- 		white space.
+--- 							*cpo-K*
+--- 	K	Don't wait for a key code to complete when it is
+--- 		halfway through a mapping.  This breaks mapping
+--- 		<F1><F1> when only part of the second <F1> has been
+--- 		read.  It enables cancelling the mapping by typing
+--- 		<F1><Esc>.
+--- 							*cpo-l*
+--- 	l	Backslash in a [] range in a search pattern is taken
+--- 		literally, only "\]", "\^", "\-" and "\\" are special.
+--- 		See `/[]`
+--- 		   'l' included: "/[ \t]"  finds <Space>, '\' and 't'
+--- 		   'l' excluded: "/[ \t]"  finds <Space> and <Tab>
+--- 							*cpo-L*
+--- 	L	When the 'list' option is set, 'wrapmargin',
+--- 		'textwidth', 'softtabstop' and Virtual Replace mode
+--- 		(see `gR`) count a <Tab> as two characters, instead of
+--- 		the normal behavior of a <Tab>.
+--- 							*cpo-m*
+--- 	m	When included, a showmatch will always wait half a
+--- 		second.  When not included, a showmatch will wait half
+--- 		a second or until a character is typed.  `'showmatch'`
+--- 							*cpo-M*
+--- 	M	When excluded, "%" matching will take backslashes into
+--- 		account.  Thus in "( \( )" and "\( ( \)" the outer
+--- 		parenthesis match.  When included "%" ignores
+--- 		backslashes, which is Vi compatible.
+--- 							*cpo-n*
+--- 	n	When included, the column used for 'number' and
+--- 		'relativenumber' will also be used for text of wrapped
+--- 		lines.
+--- 							*cpo-o*
+--- 	o	Line offset to search command is not remembered for
+--- 		next search.
+--- 							*cpo-O*
+--- 	O	Don't complain if a file is being overwritten, even
+--- 		when it didn't exist when editing it.  This is a
+--- 		protection against a file unexpectedly created by
+--- 		someone else.  Vi didn't complain about this.
+--- 							*cpo-p*
+--- 	p	Vi compatible Lisp indenting.  When not present, a
+--- 		slightly better algorithm is used.
+--- 							*cpo-P*
+--- 	P	When included, a ":write" command that appends to a
+--- 		file will set the file name for the current buffer, if
+--- 		the current buffer doesn't have a file name yet and
+--- 		the 'F' flag is also included `cpo-F`.
+--- 							*cpo-q*
+--- 	q	When joining multiple lines leave the cursor at the
+--- 		position where it would be when joining two lines.
+--- 							*cpo-r*
+--- 	r	Redo ("." command) uses "/" to repeat a search
+--- 		command, instead of the actually used search string.
+--- 							*cpo-R*
+--- 	R	Remove marks from filtered lines.  Without this flag
+--- 		marks are kept like `:keepmarks` was used.
+--- 							*cpo-s*
+--- 	s	Set buffer options when entering the buffer for the
+--- 		first time.  This is like it is in Vim version 3.0.
+--- 		And it is the default.  If not present the options are
+--- 		set when the buffer is created.
+--- 							*cpo-S*
+--- 	S	Set buffer options always when entering a buffer
+--- 		(except 'readonly', 'fileformat', 'filetype' and
+--- 		'syntax').  This is the (most) Vi compatible setting.
+--- 		The options are set to the values in the current
+--- 		buffer.  When you change an option and go to another
+--- 		buffer, the value is copied.  Effectively makes the
+--- 		buffer options global to all buffers.
+---
+--- 		's'    'S'     copy buffer options
+--- 		no     no      when buffer created
+--- 		yes    no      when buffer first entered (default)
+--- 		 X     yes     each time when buffer entered (vi comp.)
+--- 							*cpo-t*
+--- 	t	Search pattern for the tag command is remembered for
+--- 		"n" command.  Otherwise Vim only puts the pattern in
+--- 		the history for search pattern, but doesn't change the
+--- 		last used search pattern.
+--- 							*cpo-u*
+--- 	u	Undo is Vi compatible.  See `undo-two-ways`.
+--- 							*cpo-v*
+--- 	v	Backspaced characters remain visible on the screen in
+--- 		Insert mode.  Without this flag the characters are
+--- 		erased from the screen right away.  With this flag the
+--- 		screen newly typed text overwrites backspaced
+--- 		characters.
+--- 							*cpo-W*
+--- 	W	Don't overwrite a readonly file.  When omitted, ":w!"
+--- 		overwrites a readonly file, if possible.
+--- 							*cpo-x*
+--- 	x	<Esc> on the command-line executes the command-line.
+--- 		The default in Vim is to abandon the command-line,
+--- 		because <Esc> normally aborts a command.  `c_<Esc>`
+--- 							*cpo-X*
+--- 	X	When using a count with "R" the replaced text is
+--- 		deleted only once.  Also when repeating "R" with "."
+--- 		and a count.
+--- 							*cpo-y*
+--- 	y	A yank command can be redone with ".".  Think twice if
+--- 		you really want to use this, it may break some
+--- 		plugins, since most people expect "." to only repeat a
+--- 		change.
+--- 							*cpo-Z*
+--- 	Z	When using "w!" while the 'readonly' option is set,
+--- 		don't reset 'readonly'.
+--- 							*cpo-!*
+--- 	!	When redoing a filter command, use the last used
+--- 		external command, whatever it was.  Otherwise the last
+--- 		used -filter- command is used.
+--- 							*cpo-$*
+--- 	$	When making a change to one line, don't redisplay the
+--- 		line, but put a '$' at the end of the changed text.
+--- 		The changed text will be overwritten when you type the
+--- 		new text.  The line is redisplayed if you type any
+--- 		command that moves the cursor from the insertion
+--- 		point.
+--- 							*cpo-%*
+--- 	%	Vi-compatible matching is done for the "%" command.
+--- 		Does not recognize "#if", "#endif", etc.
+--- 		Does not recognize "/*" and "*/".
+--- 		Parens inside single and double quotes are also
+--- 		counted, causing a string that contains a paren to
+--- 		disturb the matching.  For example, in a line like
+--- 		"if (strcmp("foo(", s))" the first paren does not
+--- 		match the last one.  When this flag is not included,
+--- 		parens inside single and double quotes are treated
+--- 		specially.  When matching a paren outside of quotes,
+--- 		everything inside quotes is ignored.  When matching a
+--- 		paren inside quotes, it will find the matching one (if
+--- 		there is one).  This works very well for C programs.
+--- 		This flag is also used for other features, such as
+--- 		C-indenting.
+--- 							*cpo-+*
+--- 	+	When included, a ":write file" command will reset the
+--- 		'modified' flag of the buffer, even though the buffer
+--- 		itself may still be different from its file.
+--- 							*cpo->*
+--- 	>	When appending to a register, put a line break before
+--- 		the appended text.
+--- 							*cpo-;*
+--- 	;	When using `,` or `;` to repeat the last `t` search
+--- 		and the cursor is right in front of the searched
+--- 		character, the cursor won't move. When not included,
+--- 		the cursor would skip over it and jump to the
+--- 		following occurrence.
+--- 							*cpo-_*
+--- 	_	When using `cw` on a word, do not include the
+--- 		whitespace following the word in the motion.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.cpoptions = "aABceFs_"
+vim.o.cpo = vim.o.cpoptions
+vim.go.cpoptions = vim.o.cpoptions
+vim.go.cpo = vim.go.cpoptions
+
+--- When this option is set, as the cursor in the current
+--- window moves other cursorbound windows (windows that also have
+--- this option set) move their cursors to the corresponding line and
+--- column.  This option is useful for viewing the
+--- differences between two versions of a file (see 'diff'); in diff mode,
+--- inserted and deleted lines (though not characters within a line) are
+--- taken into account.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.cursorbind = false
+vim.o.crb = vim.o.cursorbind
+vim.wo.cursorbind = vim.o.cursorbind
+vim.wo.crb = vim.wo.cursorbind
+
+--- Highlight the screen column of the cursor with CursorColumn
+--- `hl-CursorColumn`.  Useful to align text.  Will make screen redrawing
+--- slower.
+--- If you only want the highlighting in the current window you can use
+--- these autocommands:
+--- ```
+--- 	au WinLeave * set nocursorline nocursorcolumn
+--- 	au WinEnter * set cursorline cursorcolumn
+--- ```
+---
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.cursorcolumn = false
+vim.o.cuc = vim.o.cursorcolumn
+vim.wo.cursorcolumn = vim.o.cursorcolumn
+vim.wo.cuc = vim.wo.cursorcolumn
+
+--- Highlight the text line of the cursor with CursorLine `hl-CursorLine`.
+--- Useful to easily spot the cursor.  Will make screen redrawing slower.
+--- When Visual mode is active the highlighting isn't used to make it
+--- easier to see the selected text.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.cursorline = false
+vim.o.cul = vim.o.cursorline
+vim.wo.cursorline = vim.o.cursorline
+vim.wo.cul = vim.wo.cursorline
+
+--- Comma-separated list of settings for how 'cursorline' is displayed.
+--- Valid values:
+--- "line"		Highlight the text line of the cursor with
+--- 		CursorLine `hl-CursorLine`.
+--- "screenline"	Highlight only the screen line of the cursor with
+--- 		CursorLine `hl-CursorLine`.
+--- "number"	Highlight the line number of the cursor with
+--- 		CursorLineNr `hl-CursorLineNr`.
+---
+--- Special value:
+--- "both"		Alias for the values "line,number".
+---
+--- "line" and "screenline" cannot be used together.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.cursorlineopt = "both"
+vim.o.culopt = vim.o.cursorlineopt
+vim.wo.cursorlineopt = vim.o.cursorlineopt
+vim.wo.culopt = vim.wo.cursorlineopt
+
+--- These values can be used:
+--- msg	Error messages that would otherwise be omitted will be given
+--- 	anyway.
+--- throw	Error messages that would otherwise be omitted will be given
+--- 	anyway and also throw an exception and set `v:errmsg`.
+--- beep	A message will be given when otherwise only a beep would be
+--- 	produced.
+--- The values can be combined, separated by a comma.
+--- "msg" and "throw" are useful for debugging 'foldexpr', 'formatexpr' or
+--- 'indentexpr'.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.debug = ""
+vim.go.debug = vim.o.debug
+
+--- Pattern to be used to find a macro definition.  It is a search
+--- pattern, just like for the "/" command.  This option is used for the
+--- commands like "[i" and "[d" `include-search`.  The 'isident' option is
+--- used to recognize the defined name after the match:
+--- ```
+--- 	{match with 'define'}{non-ID chars}{defined name}{non-ID char}
+--- ```
+--- See `option-backslash` about inserting backslashes to include a space
+--- or backslash.
+--- For C++ this value would be useful, to include const type declarations:
+--- ```
+--- 	^\(#\s*define\|[a-z]*\s*const\s*[a-z]*\)
+--- ```
+--- You can also use "\ze" just before the name and continue the pattern
+--- to check what is following.  E.g. for Javascript, if a function is
+--- defined with `func_name = function(args)`:
+--- ```
+--- 	^\s*\ze\i\+\s*=\s*function(
+--- ```
+--- If the function is defined with `func_name : function() {...`:
+--- ```
+---         ^\s*\ze\i\+\s*[:]\s*(*function\s*(
+--- ```
+--- When using the ":set" command, you need to double the backslashes!
+--- To avoid that use `:let` with a single quote string:
+--- ```
+--- 	let &l:define = '^\s*\ze\k\+\s*=\s*function('
+--- ```
+---
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.define = ""
+vim.o.def = vim.o.define
+vim.bo.define = vim.o.define
+vim.bo.def = vim.bo.define
+vim.go.define = vim.o.define
+vim.go.def = vim.go.define
+
+--- If editing Unicode and this option is set, backspace and Normal mode
+--- "x" delete each combining character on its own.  When it is off (the
+--- default) the character along with its combining characters are
+--- deleted.
+--- Note: When 'delcombine' is set "xx" may work differently from "2x"!
+---
+--- This is useful for Arabic, Hebrew and many other languages where one
+--- may have combining characters overtop of base characters, and want
+--- to remove only the combining ones.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.delcombine = false
+vim.o.deco = vim.o.delcombine
+vim.go.delcombine = vim.o.delcombine
+vim.go.deco = vim.go.delcombine
+
+--- List of file names, separated by commas, that are used to lookup words
+--- for keyword completion commands `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-K`.  Each file should
+--- contain a list of words.  This can be one word per line, or several
+--- words per line, separated by non-keyword characters (white space is
+--- preferred).  Maximum line length is 510 bytes.
+---
+--- When this option is empty or an entry "spell" is present, and spell
+--- checking is enabled, words in the word lists for the currently active
+--- 'spelllang' are used. See `spell`.
+---
+--- To include a comma in a file name precede it with a backslash.  Spaces
+--- after a comma are ignored, otherwise spaces are included in the file
+--- name.  See `option-backslash` about using backslashes.
+--- This has nothing to do with the `Dictionary` variable type.
+--- Where to find a list of words?
+--- - BSD/macOS include the "/usr/share/dict/words" file.
+--- - Try "apt install spell" to get the "/usr/share/dict/words" file on
+---   apt-managed systems (Debian/Ubuntu).
+--- The use of `:set+=` and `:set-=` is preferred when adding or removing
+--- directories from the list.  This avoids problems when a future version
+--- uses another default.
+--- Backticks cannot be used in this option for security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.dictionary = ""
+vim.o.dict = vim.o.dictionary
+vim.bo.dictionary = vim.o.dictionary
+vim.bo.dict = vim.bo.dictionary
+vim.go.dictionary = vim.o.dictionary
+vim.go.dict = vim.go.dictionary
+
+--- Join the current window in the group of windows that shows differences
+--- between files.  See `diff-mode`.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.diff = false
+vim.wo.diff = vim.o.diff
+
+--- Expression which is evaluated to obtain a diff file (either ed-style
+--- or unified-style) from two versions of a file.  See `diff-diffexpr`.
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.diffexpr = ""
+vim.o.dex = vim.o.diffexpr
+vim.go.diffexpr = vim.o.diffexpr
+vim.go.dex = vim.go.diffexpr
+
+--- Option settings for diff mode.  It can consist of the following items.
+--- All are optional.  Items must be separated by a comma.
+---
+--- 	filler		Show filler lines, to keep the text
+--- 			synchronized with a window that has inserted
+--- 			lines at the same position.  Mostly useful
+--- 			when windows are side-by-side and 'scrollbind'
+--- 			is set.
+---
+--- 	context:{n}	Use a context of {n} lines between a change
+--- 			and a fold that contains unchanged lines.
+--- 			When omitted a context of six lines is used.
+--- 			When using zero the context is actually one,
+--- 			since folds require a line in between, also
+--- 			for a deleted line. Set it to a very large
+--- 			value (999999) to disable folding completely.
+--- 			See `fold-diff`.
+---
+--- 	iblank		Ignore changes where lines are all blank.  Adds
+--- 			the "-B" flag to the "diff" command if
+--- 			'diffexpr' is empty.  Check the documentation
+--- 			of the "diff" command for what this does
+--- 			exactly.
+--- 			NOTE: the diff windows will get out of sync,
+--- 			because no differences between blank lines are
+--- 			taken into account.
+---
+--- 	icase		Ignore changes in case of text.  "a" and "A"
+--- 			are considered the same.  Adds the "-i" flag
+--- 			to the "diff" command if 'diffexpr' is empty.
+---
+--- 	iwhite		Ignore changes in amount of white space.  Adds
+--- 			the "-b" flag to the "diff" command if
+--- 			'diffexpr' is empty.  Check the documentation
+--- 			of the "diff" command for what this does
+--- 			exactly.  It should ignore adding trailing
+--- 			white space, but not leading white space.
+---
+--- 	iwhiteall	Ignore all white space changes.  Adds
+--- 			the "-w" flag to the "diff" command if
+--- 			'diffexpr' is empty.  Check the documentation
+--- 			of the "diff" command for what this does
+--- 			exactly.
+---
+--- 	iwhiteeol	Ignore white space changes at end of line.
+--- 			Adds the "-Z" flag to the "diff" command if
+--- 			'diffexpr' is empty.  Check the documentation
+--- 			of the "diff" command for what this does
+--- 			exactly.
+---
+--- 	horizontal	Start diff mode with horizontal splits (unless
+--- 			explicitly specified otherwise).
+---
+--- 	vertical	Start diff mode with vertical splits (unless
+--- 			explicitly specified otherwise).
+---
+--- 	closeoff	When a window is closed where 'diff' is set
+--- 			and there is only one window remaining in the
+--- 			same tab page with 'diff' set, execute
+--- 			`:diffoff` in that window.  This undoes a
+--- 			`:diffsplit` command.
+---
+--- 	hiddenoff	Do not use diff mode for a buffer when it
+--- 			becomes hidden.
+---
+--- 	foldcolumn:{n}	Set the 'foldcolumn' option to {n} when
+--- 			starting diff mode.  Without this 2 is used.
+---
+--- 	followwrap	Follow the 'wrap' option and leave as it is.
+---
+--- 	internal	Use the internal diff library.  This is
+--- 			ignored when 'diffexpr' is set.  *E960*
+--- 			When running out of memory when writing a
+--- 			buffer this item will be ignored for diffs
+--- 			involving that buffer.  Set the 'verbose'
+--- 			option to see when this happens.
+---
+--- 	indent-heuristic
+--- 			Use the indent heuristic for the internal
+--- 			diff library.
+---
+--- 	linematch:{n}   Enable a second stage diff on each generated
+--- 			hunk in order to align lines. When the total
+--- 			number of lines in a hunk exceeds {n}, the
+--- 			second stage diff will not be performed as
+--- 			very large hunks can cause noticeable lag. A
+--- 			recommended setting is "linematch:60", as this
+--- 			will enable alignment for a 2 buffer diff with
+--- 			hunks of up to 30 lines each, or a 3 buffer
+--- 			diff with hunks of up to 20 lines each.
+---
+--- 	algorithm:{text} Use the specified diff algorithm with the
+--- 			internal diff engine. Currently supported
+--- 			algorithms are:
+--- 			myers      the default algorithm
+--- 			minimal    spend extra time to generate the
+--- 				   smallest possible diff
+--- 			patience   patience diff algorithm
+--- 			histogram  histogram diff algorithm
+---
+--- Examples:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set diffopt=internal,filler,context:4
+--- 	:set diffopt=
+--- 	:set diffopt=internal,filler,foldcolumn:3
+--- 	:set diffopt-=internal  " do NOT use the internal diff parser
+--- ```
+---
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.diffopt = "internal,filler,closeoff"
+vim.o.dip = vim.o.diffopt
+vim.go.diffopt = vim.o.diffopt
+vim.go.dip = vim.go.diffopt
+
+--- Enable the entering of digraphs in Insert mode with {char1} <BS>
+--- {char2}.  See `digraphs`.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.digraph = false
+vim.o.dg = vim.o.digraph
+vim.go.digraph = vim.o.digraph
+vim.go.dg = vim.go.digraph
+
+--- List of directory names for the swap file, separated with commas.
+---
+--- Possible items:
+--- - The swap file will be created in the first directory where this is
+---   possible.  If it is not possible in any directory, but last
+---   directory listed in the option does not exist, it is created.
+--- - Empty means that no swap file will be used (recovery is
+---   impossible!) and no `E303` error will be given.
+--- - A directory "." means to put the swap file in the same directory as
+---   the edited file.  On Unix, a dot is prepended to the file name, so
+---   it doesn't show in a directory listing.  On MS-Windows the "hidden"
+---   attribute is set and a dot prepended if possible.
+--- - A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for MS-Windows) means to put
+---   the swap file relative to where the edited file is.  The leading "."
+---   is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
+--- - For Unix and Win32, if a directory ends in two path separators "//",
+---   the swap file name will be built from the complete path to the file
+---   with all path separators replaced by percent '%' signs (including
+---   the colon following the drive letter on Win32). This will ensure
+---   file name uniqueness in the preserve directory.
+---   On Win32, it is also possible to end with "\\".  However, When a
+---   separating comma is following, you must use "//", since "\\" will
+---   include the comma in the file name. Therefore it is recommended to
+---   use '//', instead of '\\'.
+--- - Spaces after the comma are ignored, other spaces are considered part
+---   of the directory name.  To have a space at the start of a directory
+---   name, precede it with a backslash.
+--- - To include a comma in a directory name precede it with a backslash.
+--- - A directory name may end in an ':' or '/'.
+--- - Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
+--- - Careful with '\' characters, type one before a space, type two to
+---   get one in the option (see `option-backslash`), for example:
+--- ```
+---     :set dir=c:\\tmp,\ dir\\,with\\,commas,\\\ dir\ with\ spaces
+--- ```
+---
+--- Editing the same file twice will result in a warning.  Using "/tmp" on
+--- is discouraged: if the system crashes you lose the swap file. And
+--- others on the computer may be able to see the files.
+--- Use `:set+=` and `:set-=` when adding or removing directories from the
+--- list, this avoids problems if the Nvim default is changed.
+---
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.directory = "$XDG_STATE_HOME/nvim/swap//"
+vim.o.dir = vim.o.directory
+vim.go.directory = vim.o.directory
+vim.go.dir = vim.go.directory
+
+--- Change the way text is displayed.  This is a comma-separated list of
+--- flags:
+--- lastline	When included, as much as possible of the last line
+--- 		in a window will be displayed.  "@@@" is put in the
+--- 		last columns of the last screen line to indicate the
+--- 		rest of the line is not displayed.
+--- truncate	Like "lastline", but "@@@" is displayed in the first
+--- 		column of the last screen line.  Overrules "lastline".
+--- uhex		Show unprintable characters hexadecimal as <xx>
+--- 		instead of using ^C and ~C.
+--- msgsep		Obsolete flag. Allowed but takes no effect. `msgsep`
+---
+--- When neither "lastline" nor "truncate" is included, a last line that
+--- doesn't fit is replaced with "@" lines.
+---
+--- The "@" character can be changed by setting the "lastline" item in
+--- 'fillchars'.  The character is highlighted with `hl-NonText`.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.display = "lastline"
+vim.o.dy = vim.o.display
+vim.go.display = vim.o.display
+vim.go.dy = vim.go.display
+
+--- Tells when the 'equalalways' option applies:
+--- 	ver	vertically, width of windows is not affected
+--- 	hor	horizontally, height of windows is not affected
+--- 	both	width and height of windows is affected
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.eadirection = "both"
+vim.o.ead = vim.o.eadirection
+vim.go.eadirection = vim.o.eadirection
+vim.go.ead = vim.go.eadirection
+
+--- When on all Unicode emoji characters are considered to be full width.
+--- This excludes "text emoji" characters, which are normally displayed as
+--- single width.  Unfortunately there is no good specification for this
+--- and it has been determined on trial-and-error basis.  Use the
+--- `setcellwidths()` function to change the behavior.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.emoji = true
+vim.o.emo = vim.o.emoji
+vim.go.emoji = vim.o.emoji
+vim.go.emo = vim.go.emoji
+
+--- String-encoding used internally and for `RPC` communication.
+--- Always UTF-8.
+---
+--- See 'fileencoding' to control file-content encoding.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.encoding = "utf-8"
+vim.o.enc = vim.o.encoding
+vim.go.encoding = vim.o.encoding
+vim.go.enc = vim.go.encoding
+
+--- Indicates that a CTRL-Z character was found at the end of the file
+--- when reading it.  Normally only happens when 'fileformat' is "dos".
+--- When writing a file and this option is off and the 'binary' option
+--- is on, or 'fixeol' option is off, no CTRL-Z will be written at the
+--- end of the file.
+--- See `eol-and-eof` for example settings.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.endoffile = false
+vim.o.eof = vim.o.endoffile
+vim.bo.endoffile = vim.o.endoffile
+vim.bo.eof = vim.bo.endoffile
+
+--- When writing a file and this option is off and the 'binary' option
+--- is on, or 'fixeol' option is off, no <EOL> will be written for the
+--- last line in the file.  This option is automatically set or reset when
+--- starting to edit a new file, depending on whether file has an <EOL>
+--- for the last line in the file.  Normally you don't have to set or
+--- reset this option.
+--- When 'binary' is off and 'fixeol' is on the value is not used when
+--- writing the file.  When 'binary' is on or 'fixeol' is off it is used
+--- to remember the presence of a <EOL> for the last line in the file, so
+--- that when you write the file the situation from the original file can
+--- be kept.  But you can change it if you want to.
+--- See `eol-and-eof` for example settings.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.endofline = true
+vim.o.eol = vim.o.endofline
+vim.bo.endofline = vim.o.endofline
+vim.bo.eol = vim.bo.endofline
+
+--- When on, all the windows are automatically made the same size after
+--- splitting or closing a window.  This also happens the moment the
+--- option is switched on.  When off, splitting a window will reduce the
+--- size of the current window and leave the other windows the same.  When
+--- closing a window the extra lines are given to the window next to it
+--- (depending on 'splitbelow' and 'splitright').
+--- When mixing vertically and horizontally split windows, a minimal size
+--- is computed and some windows may be larger if there is room.  The
+--- 'eadirection' option tells in which direction the size is affected.
+--- Changing the height and width of a window can be avoided by setting
+--- 'winfixheight' and 'winfixwidth', respectively.
+--- If a window size is specified when creating a new window sizes are
+--- currently not equalized (it's complicated, but may be implemented in
+--- the future).
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.equalalways = true
+vim.o.ea = vim.o.equalalways
+vim.go.equalalways = vim.o.equalalways
+vim.go.ea = vim.go.equalalways
+
+--- External program to use for "=" command.  When this option is empty
+--- the internal formatting functions are used; either 'lisp', 'cindent'
+--- or 'indentexpr'.
+--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.  See `option-backslash`
+--- about including spaces and backslashes.
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.equalprg = ""
+vim.o.ep = vim.o.equalprg
+vim.bo.equalprg = vim.o.equalprg
+vim.bo.ep = vim.bo.equalprg
+vim.go.equalprg = vim.o.equalprg
+vim.go.ep = vim.go.equalprg
+
+--- Ring the bell (beep or screen flash) for error messages.  This only
+--- makes a difference for error messages, the bell will be used always
+--- for a lot of errors without a message (e.g., hitting <Esc> in Normal
+--- mode).  See 'visualbell' to make the bell behave like a screen flash
+--- or do nothing. See 'belloff' to finetune when to ring the bell.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.errorbells = false
+vim.o.eb = vim.o.errorbells
+vim.go.errorbells = vim.o.errorbells
+vim.go.eb = vim.go.errorbells
+
+--- Name of the errorfile for the QuickFix mode (see `:cf`).
+--- When the "-q" command-line argument is used, 'errorfile' is set to the
+--- following argument.  See `-q`.
+--- NOT used for the ":make" command.  See 'makeef' for that.
+--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
+--- See `option-backslash` about including spaces and backslashes.
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.errorfile = "errors.err"
+vim.o.ef = vim.o.errorfile
+vim.go.errorfile = vim.o.errorfile
+vim.go.ef = vim.go.errorfile
+
+--- Scanf-like description of the format for the lines in the error file
+--- (see `errorformat`).
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.errorformat = "%*[^\"]\"%f\"%*\\D%l: %m,\"%f\"%*\\D%l: %m,%-Gg%\\?make[%*\\d]: *** [%f:%l:%m,%-Gg%\\?make: *** [%f:%l:%m,%-G%f:%l: (Each undeclared identifier is reported only once,%-G%f:%l: for each function it appears in.),%-GIn file included from %f:%l:%c:,%-GIn file included from %f:%l:%c\\,,%-GIn file included from %f:%l:%c,%-GIn file included from %f:%l,%-G%*[ ]from %f:%l:%c,%-G%*[ ]from %f:%l:,%-G%*[ ]from %f:%l\\,,%-G%*[ ]from %f:%l,%f:%l:%c:%m,%f(%l):%m,%f:%l:%m,\"%f\"\\, line %l%*\\D%c%*[^ ] %m,%D%*\\a[%*\\d]: Entering directory %*[`']%f',%X%*\\a[%*\\d]: Leaving directory %*[`']%f',%D%*\\a: Entering directory %*[`']%f',%X%*\\a: Leaving directory %*[`']%f',%DMaking %*\\a in %f,%f|%l| %m"
+vim.o.efm = vim.o.errorformat
+vim.bo.errorformat = vim.o.errorformat
+vim.bo.efm = vim.bo.errorformat
+vim.go.errorformat = vim.o.errorformat
+vim.go.efm = vim.go.errorformat
+
+--- A list of autocommand event names, which are to be ignored.
+--- When set to "all" or when "all" is one of the items, all autocommand
+--- events are ignored, autocommands will not be executed.
+--- Otherwise this is a comma-separated list of event names.  Example:
+--- ```
+---     :set ei=WinEnter,WinLeave
+--- ```
+---
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.eventignore = ""
+vim.o.ei = vim.o.eventignore
+vim.go.eventignore = vim.o.eventignore
+vim.go.ei = vim.go.eventignore
+
+--- In Insert mode: Use the appropriate number of spaces to insert a
+--- <Tab>.  Spaces are used in indents with the '>' and '<' commands and
+--- when 'autoindent' is on.  To insert a real tab when 'expandtab' is
+--- on, use CTRL-V<Tab>.  See also `:retab` and `ins-expandtab`.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.expandtab = false
+vim.o.et = vim.o.expandtab
+vim.bo.expandtab = vim.o.expandtab
+vim.bo.et = vim.bo.expandtab
+
+--- Automatically execute .nvim.lua, .nvimrc, and .exrc files in the
+--- current directory, if the file is in the `trust` list. Use `:trust` to
+--- manage trusted files. See also `vim.secure.read()`.
+---
+--- Compare 'exrc' to `editorconfig`:
+--- - 'exrc' can execute any code; editorconfig only specifies settings.
+--- - 'exrc' is Nvim-specific; editorconfig works in other editors.
+---
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.exrc = false
+vim.o.ex = vim.o.exrc
+vim.go.exrc = vim.o.exrc
+vim.go.ex = vim.go.exrc
+
+--- File-content encoding for the current buffer. Conversion is done with
+--- iconv() or as specified with 'charconvert'.
+---
+--- When 'fileencoding' is not UTF-8, conversion will be done when
+--- writing the file.  For reading see below.
+--- When 'fileencoding' is empty, the file will be saved with UTF-8
+--- encoding (no conversion when reading or writing a file).
+---
+--- WARNING: Conversion to a non-Unicode encoding can cause loss of
+--- information!
+---
+--- See `encoding-names` for the possible values.  Additionally, values may be
+--- specified that can be handled by the converter, see
+--- `mbyte-conversion`.
+---
+--- When reading a file 'fileencoding' will be set from 'fileencodings'.
+--- To read a file in a certain encoding it won't work by setting
+--- 'fileencoding', use the `++enc` argument.  One exception: when
+--- 'fileencodings' is empty the value of 'fileencoding' is used.
+--- For a new file the global value of 'fileencoding' is used.
+---
+--- Prepending "8bit-" and "2byte-" has no meaning here, they are ignored.
+--- When the option is set, the value is converted to lowercase.  Thus
+--- you can set it with uppercase values too.  '_' characters are
+--- replaced with '-'.  If a name is recognized from the list at
+--- `encoding-names`, it is replaced by the standard name.  For example
+--- "ISO8859-2" becomes "iso-8859-2".
+---
+--- When this option is set, after starting to edit a file, the 'modified'
+--- option is set, because the file would be different when written.
+---
+--- Keep in mind that changing 'fenc' from a modeline happens
+--- AFTER the text has been read, thus it applies to when the file will be
+--- written.  If you do set 'fenc' in a modeline, you might want to set
+--- 'nomodified' to avoid not being able to ":q".
+---
+--- This option cannot be changed when 'modifiable' is off.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.fileencoding = ""
+vim.o.fenc = vim.o.fileencoding
+vim.bo.fileencoding = vim.o.fileencoding
+vim.bo.fenc = vim.bo.fileencoding
+
+--- This is a list of character encodings considered when starting to edit
+--- an existing file.  When a file is read, Vim tries to use the first
+--- mentioned character encoding.  If an error is detected, the next one
+--- in the list is tried.  When an encoding is found that works,
+--- 'fileencoding' is set to it.  If all fail, 'fileencoding' is set to
+--- an empty string, which means that UTF-8 is used.
+--- 	WARNING: Conversion can cause loss of information! You can use
+--- 	the `++bad` argument to specify what is done with characters
+--- 	that can't be converted.
+--- For an empty file or a file with only ASCII characters most encodings
+--- will work and the first entry of 'fileencodings' will be used (except
+--- "ucs-bom", which requires the BOM to be present).  If you prefer
+--- another encoding use an BufReadPost autocommand event to test if your
+--- preferred encoding is to be used.  Example:
+--- ```
+--- 	au BufReadPost * if search('\S', 'w') == 0 |
+--- 		\ set fenc=iso-2022-jp | endif
+--- ```
+--- This sets 'fileencoding' to "iso-2022-jp" if the file does not contain
+--- non-blank characters.
+--- When the `++enc` argument is used then the value of 'fileencodings' is
+--- not used.
+--- Note that 'fileencodings' is not used for a new file, the global value
+--- of 'fileencoding' is used instead.  You can set it with:
+--- ```
+--- 	:setglobal fenc=iso-8859-2
+--- ```
+--- This means that a non-existing file may get a different encoding than
+--- an empty file.
+--- The special value "ucs-bom" can be used to check for a Unicode BOM
+--- (Byte Order Mark) at the start of the file.  It must not be preceded
+--- by "utf-8" or another Unicode encoding for this to work properly.
+--- An entry for an 8-bit encoding (e.g., "latin1") should be the last,
+--- because Vim cannot detect an error, thus the encoding is always
+--- accepted.
+--- The special value "default" can be used for the encoding from the
+--- environment.  It is useful when your environment uses a non-latin1
+--- encoding, such as Russian.
+--- When a file contains an illegal UTF-8 byte sequence it won't be
+--- recognized as "utf-8".  You can use the `8g8` command to find the
+--- illegal byte sequence.
+--- WRONG VALUES:			WHAT'S WRONG:
+--- 	latin1,utf-8		"latin1" will always be used
+--- 	utf-8,ucs-bom,latin1	BOM won't be recognized in an utf-8
+--- 				file
+--- 	cp1250,latin1		"cp1250" will always be used
+--- If 'fileencodings' is empty, 'fileencoding' is not modified.
+--- See 'fileencoding' for the possible values.
+--- Setting this option does not have an effect until the next time a file
+--- is read.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.fileencodings = "ucs-bom,utf-8,default,latin1"
+vim.o.fencs = vim.o.fileencodings
+vim.go.fileencodings = vim.o.fileencodings
+vim.go.fencs = vim.go.fileencodings
+
+--- This gives the <EOL> of the current buffer, which is used for
+--- reading/writing the buffer from/to a file:
+---     dos	    <CR><NL>
+---     unix    <NL>
+---     mac	    <CR>
+--- When "dos" is used, CTRL-Z at the end of a file is ignored.
+--- See `file-formats` and `file-read`.
+--- For the character encoding of the file see 'fileencoding'.
+--- When 'binary' is set, the value of 'fileformat' is ignored, file I/O
+--- works like it was set to "unix".
+--- This option is set automatically when starting to edit a file and
+--- 'fileformats' is not empty and 'binary' is off.
+--- When this option is set, after starting to edit a file, the 'modified'
+--- option is set, because the file would be different when written.
+--- This option cannot be changed when 'modifiable' is off.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.fileformat = "unix"
+vim.o.ff = vim.o.fileformat
+vim.bo.fileformat = vim.o.fileformat
+vim.bo.ff = vim.bo.fileformat
+
+--- This gives the end-of-line (<EOL>) formats that will be tried when
+--- starting to edit a new buffer and when reading a file into an existing
+--- buffer:
+--- - When empty, the format defined with 'fileformat' will be used
+---   always.  It is not set automatically.
+--- - When set to one name, that format will be used whenever a new buffer
+---   is opened.  'fileformat' is set accordingly for that buffer.  The
+---   'fileformats' name will be used when a file is read into an existing
+---   buffer, no matter what 'fileformat' for that buffer is set to.
+--- - When more than one name is present, separated by commas, automatic
+---   <EOL> detection will be done when reading a file.  When starting to
+---   edit a file, a check is done for the <EOL>:
+---   1. If all lines end in <CR><NL>, and 'fileformats' includes "dos",
+---      'fileformat' is set to "dos".
+---   2. If a <NL> is found and 'fileformats' includes "unix", 'fileformat'
+---      is set to "unix".  Note that when a <NL> is found without a
+---      preceding <CR>, "unix" is preferred over "dos".
+---   3. If 'fileformat' has not yet been set, and if a <CR> is found, and
+---      if 'fileformats' includes "mac", 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
+---      This means that "mac" is only chosen when:
+---       "unix" is not present or no <NL> is found in the file, and
+---       "dos" is not present or no <CR><NL> is found in the file.
+---      Except: if "unix" was chosen, but there is a <CR> before
+---      the first <NL>, and there appear to be more <CR>s than <NL>s in
+---      the first few lines, "mac" is used.
+---   4. If 'fileformat' is still not set, the first name from
+---      'fileformats' is used.
+---   When reading a file into an existing buffer, the same is done, but
+---   this happens like 'fileformat' has been set appropriately for that
+---   file only, the option is not changed.
+--- When 'binary' is set, the value of 'fileformats' is not used.
+---
+--- When Vim starts up with an empty buffer the first item is used.  You
+--- can overrule this by setting 'fileformat' in your .vimrc.
+---
+--- For systems with a Dos-like <EOL> (<CR><NL>), when reading files that
+--- are ":source"ed and for vimrc files, automatic <EOL> detection may be
+--- done:
+--- - When 'fileformats' is empty, there is no automatic detection.  Dos
+---   format will be used.
+--- - When 'fileformats' is set to one or more names, automatic detection
+---   is done.  This is based on the first <NL> in the file: If there is a
+---   <CR> in front of it, Dos format is used, otherwise Unix format is
+---   used.
+--- Also see `file-formats`.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.fileformats = "unix,dos"
+vim.o.ffs = vim.o.fileformats
+vim.go.fileformats = vim.o.fileformats
+vim.go.ffs = vim.go.fileformats
+
+--- When set case is ignored when using file names and directories.
+--- See 'wildignorecase' for only ignoring case when doing completion.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.fileignorecase = false
+vim.o.fic = vim.o.fileignorecase
+vim.go.fileignorecase = vim.o.fileignorecase
+vim.go.fic = vim.go.fileignorecase
+
+--- When this option is set, the FileType autocommand event is triggered.
+--- All autocommands that match with the value of this option will be
+--- executed.  Thus the value of 'filetype' is used in place of the file
+--- name.
+--- Otherwise this option does not always reflect the current file type.
+--- This option is normally set when the file type is detected.  To enable
+--- this use the ":filetype on" command. `:filetype`
+--- Setting this option to a different value is most useful in a modeline,
+--- for a file for which the file type is not automatically recognized.
+--- Example, for in an IDL file:
+--- ```
+--- 	/* vim: set filetype=idl : */
+--- ```
+--- `FileType` `filetypes`
+--- When a dot appears in the value then this separates two filetype
+--- names.  Example:
+--- ```
+--- 	/* vim: set filetype=c.doxygen : */
+--- ```
+--- This will use the "c" filetype first, then the "doxygen" filetype.
+--- This works both for filetype plugins and for syntax files.  More than
+--- one dot may appear.
+--- This option is not copied to another buffer, independent of the 's' or
+--- 'S' flag in 'cpoptions'.
+--- Only normal file name characters can be used, `/\*?[|<>` are illegal.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.filetype = ""
+vim.o.ft = vim.o.filetype
+vim.bo.filetype = vim.o.filetype
+vim.bo.ft = vim.bo.filetype
+
+--- Characters to fill the statuslines, vertical separators and special
+--- lines in the window.
+--- It is a comma-separated list of items.  Each item has a name, a colon
+--- and the value of that item:
+---
+---   item		default		Used for ~
+---   stl		' '		statusline of the current window
+---   stlnc		' '		statusline of the non-current windows
+---   wbr		' '		window bar
+---   horiz		'─' or '-'	horizontal separators `:split`
+---   horizup	'┴' or '-'	upwards facing horizontal separator
+---   horizdown	'┬' or '-'	downwards facing horizontal separator
+---   vert		'│' or '|'	vertical separators `:vsplit`
+---   vertleft	'┤' or '|'	left facing vertical separator
+---   vertright	'├' or '|'	right facing vertical separator
+---   verthoriz	'┼' or '+'	overlapping vertical and horizontal
+--- 				separator
+---   fold		'·' or '-'	filling 'foldtext'
+---   foldopen	'-'		mark the beginning of a fold
+---   foldclose	'+'		show a closed fold
+---   foldsep	'│' or '|'      open fold middle marker
+---   diff		'-'		deleted lines of the 'diff' option
+---   msgsep	' '		message separator 'display'
+---   eob		'~'		empty lines at the end of a buffer
+---   lastline	'@'		'display' contains lastline/truncate
+---
+--- Any one that is omitted will fall back to the default.
+---
+--- Note that "horiz", "horizup", "horizdown", "vertleft", "vertright" and
+--- "verthoriz" are only used when 'laststatus' is 3, since only vertical
+--- window separators are used otherwise.
+---
+--- If 'ambiwidth' is "double" then "horiz", "horizup", "horizdown",
+--- "vert", "vertleft", "vertright", "verthoriz", "foldsep" and "fold"
+--- default to single-byte alternatives.
+---
+--- Example:
+--- ```
+---     :set fillchars=stl:\ ,stlnc:\ ,vert:│,fold:·,diff:-
+--- ```
+---
+--- For the "stl", "stlnc", "foldopen", "foldclose" and "foldsep" items
+--- single-byte and multibyte characters are supported.  But double-width
+--- characters are not supported.
+---
+--- The highlighting used for these items:
+---   item		highlight group ~
+---   stl		StatusLine		`hl-StatusLine`
+---   stlnc		StatusLineNC		`hl-StatusLineNC`
+---   wbr		WinBar			`hl-WinBar` or `hl-WinBarNC`
+---   horiz		WinSeparator		`hl-WinSeparator`
+---   horizup	WinSeparator		`hl-WinSeparator`
+---   horizdown	WinSeparator		`hl-WinSeparator`
+---   vert		WinSeparator		`hl-WinSeparator`
+---   vertleft	WinSeparator		`hl-WinSeparator`
+---   vertright	WinSeparator		`hl-WinSeparator`
+---   verthoriz	WinSeparator		`hl-WinSeparator`
+---   fold		Folded			`hl-Folded`
+---   diff		DiffDelete		`hl-DiffDelete`
+---   eob		EndOfBuffer		`hl-EndOfBuffer`
+---   lastline	NonText			`hl-NonText`
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.fillchars = ""
+vim.o.fcs = vim.o.fillchars
+vim.wo.fillchars = vim.o.fillchars
+vim.wo.fcs = vim.wo.fillchars
+vim.go.fillchars = vim.o.fillchars
+vim.go.fcs = vim.go.fillchars
+
+--- When writing a file and this option is on, <EOL> at the end of file
+--- will be restored if missing.  Turn this option off if you want to
+--- preserve the situation from the original file.
+--- When the 'binary' option is set the value of this option doesn't
+--- matter.
+--- See the 'endofline' option.
+--- See `eol-and-eof` for example settings.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.fixendofline = true
+vim.o.fixeol = vim.o.fixendofline
+vim.bo.fixendofline = vim.o.fixendofline
+vim.bo.fixeol = vim.bo.fixendofline
+
+--- When set to "all", a fold is closed when the cursor isn't in it and
+--- its level is higher than 'foldlevel'.  Useful if you want folds to
+--- automatically close when moving out of them.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.foldclose = ""
+vim.o.fcl = vim.o.foldclose
+vim.go.foldclose = vim.o.foldclose
+vim.go.fcl = vim.go.foldclose
+
+--- When and how to draw the foldcolumn. Valid values are:
+---     "auto":       resize to the minimum amount of folds to display.
+---     "auto:[1-9]": resize to accommodate multiple folds up to the
+--- 		  selected level
+---     "0":          to disable foldcolumn
+---     "[1-9]":      to display a fixed number of columns
+--- See `folding`.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.foldcolumn = "0"
+vim.o.fdc = vim.o.foldcolumn
+vim.wo.foldcolumn = vim.o.foldcolumn
+vim.wo.fdc = vim.wo.foldcolumn
+
+--- When off, all folds are open.  This option can be used to quickly
+--- switch between showing all text unfolded and viewing the text with
+--- folds (including manually opened or closed folds).  It can be toggled
+--- with the `zi` command.  The 'foldcolumn' will remain blank when
+--- 'foldenable' is off.
+--- This option is set by commands that create a new fold or close a fold.
+--- See `folding`.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.foldenable = true
+vim.o.fen = vim.o.foldenable
+vim.wo.foldenable = vim.o.foldenable
+vim.wo.fen = vim.wo.foldenable
+
+--- The expression used for when 'foldmethod' is "expr".  It is evaluated
+--- for each line to obtain its fold level.  The context is set to the
+--- script where 'foldexpr' was set, script-local items can be accessed.
+--- See `fold-expr` for the usage.
+---
+--- The expression will be evaluated in the `sandbox` if set from a
+--- modeline, see `sandbox-option`.
+--- This option can't be set from a `modeline` when the 'diff' option is
+--- on or the 'modelineexpr' option is off.
+---
+--- It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
+--- evaluating 'foldexpr' `textlock`.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.foldexpr = "0"
+vim.o.fde = vim.o.foldexpr
+vim.wo.foldexpr = vim.o.foldexpr
+vim.wo.fde = vim.wo.foldexpr
+
+--- Used only when 'foldmethod' is "indent".  Lines starting with
+--- characters in 'foldignore' will get their fold level from surrounding
+--- lines.  White space is skipped before checking for this character.
+--- The default "#" works well for C programs.  See `fold-indent`.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.foldignore = "#"
+vim.o.fdi = vim.o.foldignore
+vim.wo.foldignore = vim.o.foldignore
+vim.wo.fdi = vim.wo.foldignore
+
+--- Sets the fold level: Folds with a higher level will be closed.
+--- Setting this option to zero will close all folds.  Higher numbers will
+--- close fewer folds.
+--- This option is set by commands like `zm`, `zM` and `zR`.
+--- See `fold-foldlevel`.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.foldlevel = 0
+vim.o.fdl = vim.o.foldlevel
+vim.wo.foldlevel = vim.o.foldlevel
+vim.wo.fdl = vim.wo.foldlevel
+
+--- Sets 'foldlevel' when starting to edit another buffer in a window.
+--- Useful to always start editing with all folds closed (value zero),
+--- some folds closed (one) or no folds closed (99).
+--- This is done before reading any modeline, thus a setting in a modeline
+--- overrules this option.  Starting to edit a file for `diff-mode` also
+--- ignores this option and closes all folds.
+--- It is also done before BufReadPre autocommands, to allow an autocmd to
+--- overrule the 'foldlevel' value for specific files.
+--- When the value is negative, it is not used.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.foldlevelstart = -1
+vim.o.fdls = vim.o.foldlevelstart
+vim.go.foldlevelstart = vim.o.foldlevelstart
+vim.go.fdls = vim.go.foldlevelstart
+
+--- The start and end marker used when 'foldmethod' is "marker".  There
+--- must be one comma, which separates the start and end marker.  The
+--- marker is a literal string (a regular expression would be too slow).
+--- See `fold-marker`.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.foldmarker = "{{{,}}}"
+vim.o.fmr = vim.o.foldmarker
+vim.wo.foldmarker = vim.o.foldmarker
+vim.wo.fmr = vim.wo.foldmarker
+
+--- The kind of folding used for the current window.  Possible values:
+--- `fold-manual`	manual	    Folds are created manually.
+--- `fold-indent`	indent	    Lines with equal indent form a fold.
+--- `fold-expr`	expr	    'foldexpr' gives the fold level of a line.
+--- `fold-marker`	marker	    Markers are used to specify folds.
+--- `fold-syntax`	syntax	    Syntax highlighting items specify folds.
+--- `fold-diff`	diff	    Fold text that is not changed.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.foldmethod = "manual"
+vim.o.fdm = vim.o.foldmethod
+vim.wo.foldmethod = vim.o.foldmethod
+vim.wo.fdm = vim.wo.foldmethod
+
+--- Sets the number of screen lines above which a fold can be displayed
+--- closed.  Also for manually closed folds.  With the default value of
+--- one a fold can only be closed if it takes up two or more screen lines.
+--- Set to zero to be able to close folds of just one screen line.
+--- Note that this only has an effect on what is displayed.  After using
+--- "zc" to close a fold, which is displayed open because it's smaller
+--- than 'foldminlines', a following "zc" may close a containing fold.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.foldminlines = 1
+vim.o.fml = vim.o.foldminlines
+vim.wo.foldminlines = vim.o.foldminlines
+vim.wo.fml = vim.wo.foldminlines
+
+--- Sets the maximum nesting of folds for the "indent" and "syntax"
+--- methods.  This avoids that too many folds will be created.  Using more
+--- than 20 doesn't work, because the internal limit is 20.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.foldnestmax = 20
+vim.o.fdn = vim.o.foldnestmax
+vim.wo.foldnestmax = vim.o.foldnestmax
+vim.wo.fdn = vim.wo.foldnestmax
+
+--- Specifies for which type of commands folds will be opened, if the
+--- command moves the cursor into a closed fold.  It is a comma-separated
+--- list of items.
+--- NOTE: When the command is part of a mapping this option is not used.
+--- Add the `zv` command to the mapping to get the same effect.
+--- (rationale: the mapping may want to control opening folds itself)
+---
+--- 	item		commands ~
+--- 	all		any
+--- 	block		(, {, [[, [{, etc.
+--- 	hor		horizontal movements: "l", "w", "fx", etc.
+--- 	insert		any command in Insert mode
+--- 	jump		far jumps: "G", "gg", etc.
+--- 	mark		jumping to a mark: "'m", CTRL-O, etc.
+--- 	percent		"%"
+--- 	quickfix	":cn", ":crew", ":make", etc.
+--- 	search		search for a pattern: "/", "n", "*", "gd", etc.
+--- 			(not for a search pattern in a ":" command)
+--- 			Also for `[s` and `]s`.
+--- 	tag		jumping to a tag: ":ta", CTRL-T, etc.
+--- 	undo		undo or redo: "u" and CTRL-R
+--- When a movement command is used for an operator (e.g., "dl" or "y%")
+--- this option is not used.  This means the operator will include the
+--- whole closed fold.
+--- Note that vertical movements are not here, because it would make it
+--- very difficult to move onto a closed fold.
+--- In insert mode the folds containing the cursor will always be open
+--- when text is inserted.
+--- To close folds you can re-apply 'foldlevel' with the `zx` command or
+--- set the 'foldclose' option to "all".
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.foldopen = "block,hor,mark,percent,quickfix,search,tag,undo"
+vim.o.fdo = vim.o.foldopen
+vim.go.foldopen = vim.o.foldopen
+vim.go.fdo = vim.go.foldopen
+
+--- An expression which is used to specify the text displayed for a closed
+--- fold.  The context is set to the script where 'foldexpr' was set,
+--- script-local items can be accessed.  See `fold-foldtext` for the
+--- usage.
+---
+--- The expression will be evaluated in the `sandbox` if set from a
+--- modeline, see `sandbox-option`.
+--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
+---
+--- It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
+--- evaluating 'foldtext' `textlock`.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.foldtext = "foldtext()"
+vim.o.fdt = vim.o.foldtext
+vim.wo.foldtext = vim.o.foldtext
+vim.wo.fdt = vim.wo.foldtext
+
+--- Expression which is evaluated to format a range of lines for the `gq`
+--- operator or automatic formatting (see 'formatoptions').  When this
+--- option is empty 'formatprg' is used.
+---
+--- The `v:lnum`  variable holds the first line to be formatted.
+--- The `v:count` variable holds the number of lines to be formatted.
+--- The `v:char`  variable holds the character that is going to be
+--- 	      inserted if the expression is being evaluated due to
+--- 	      automatic formatting.  This can be empty.  Don't insert
+--- 	      it yet!
+---
+--- Example:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set formatexpr=mylang#Format()
+--- ```
+--- This will invoke the mylang#Format() function in the
+--- autoload/mylang.vim file in 'runtimepath'. `autoload`
+---
+--- The expression is also evaluated when 'textwidth' is set and adding
+--- text beyond that limit.  This happens under the same conditions as
+--- when internal formatting is used.  Make sure the cursor is kept in the
+--- same spot relative to the text then!  The `mode()` function will
+--- return "i" or "R" in this situation.
+---
+--- When the expression evaluates to non-zero Vim will fall back to using
+--- the internal format mechanism.
+---
+--- If the expression starts with s: or `<SID>`, then it is replaced with
+--- the script ID (`local-function`). Example:
+--- ```
+--- 	set formatexpr=s:MyFormatExpr()
+--- 	set formatexpr=<SID>SomeFormatExpr()
+--- ```
+--- Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script
+--- where the option was set, thus script-local items are available.
+---
+--- The expression will be evaluated in the `sandbox` when set from a
+--- modeline, see `sandbox-option`.  That stops the option from working,
+--- since changing the buffer text is not allowed.
+--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
+--- NOTE: This option is set to "" when 'compatible' is set.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.formatexpr = ""
+vim.o.fex = vim.o.formatexpr
+vim.bo.formatexpr = vim.o.formatexpr
+vim.bo.fex = vim.bo.formatexpr
+
+--- A pattern that is used to recognize a list header.  This is used for
+--- the "n" flag in 'formatoptions'.
+--- The pattern must match exactly the text that will be the indent for
+--- the line below it.  You can use `/\ze` to mark the end of the match
+--- while still checking more characters.  There must be a character
+--- following the pattern, when it matches the whole line it is handled
+--- like there is no match.
+--- The default recognizes a number, followed by an optional punctuation
+--- character and white space.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.formatlistpat = "^\\s*\\d\\+[\\]:.)}\\t ]\\s*"
+vim.o.flp = vim.o.formatlistpat
+vim.bo.formatlistpat = vim.o.formatlistpat
+vim.bo.flp = vim.bo.formatlistpat
+
+--- This is a sequence of letters which describes how automatic
+--- formatting is to be done.
+--- See `fo-table` for possible values and `gq` for how to format text.
+--- Commas can be inserted for readability.
+--- To avoid problems with flags that are added in the future, use the
+--- "+=" and "-=" feature of ":set" `add-option-flags`.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.formatoptions = "tcqj"
+vim.o.fo = vim.o.formatoptions
+vim.bo.formatoptions = vim.o.formatoptions
+vim.bo.fo = vim.bo.formatoptions
+
+--- The name of an external program that will be used to format the lines
+--- selected with the `gq` operator.  The program must take the input on
+--- stdin and produce the output on stdout.  The Unix program "fmt" is
+--- such a program.
+--- If the 'formatexpr' option is not empty it will be used instead.
+--- Otherwise, if 'formatprg' option is an empty string, the internal
+--- format function will be used `C-indenting`.
+--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.  See `option-backslash`
+--- about including spaces and backslashes.
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.formatprg = ""
+vim.o.fp = vim.o.formatprg
+vim.bo.formatprg = vim.o.formatprg
+vim.bo.fp = vim.bo.formatprg
+vim.go.formatprg = vim.o.formatprg
+vim.go.fp = vim.go.formatprg
+
+--- When on, the OS function fsync() will be called after saving a file
+--- (`:write`, `writefile()`, …), `swap-file`, `undo-persistence` and `shada-file`.
+--- This flushes the file to disk, ensuring that it is safely written.
+--- Slow on some systems: writing buffers, quitting Nvim, and other
+--- operations may sometimes take a few seconds.
+---
+--- Files are ALWAYS flushed ('fsync' is ignored) when:
+--- - `CursorHold` event is triggered
+--- - `:preserve` is called
+--- - system signals low battery life
+--- - Nvim exits abnormally
+---
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.fsync = true
+vim.o.fs = vim.o.fsync
+vim.go.fsync = vim.o.fsync
+vim.go.fs = vim.go.fsync
+
+--- When on, the ":substitute" flag 'g' is default on.  This means that
+--- all matches in a line are substituted instead of one.  When a 'g' flag
+--- is given to a ":substitute" command, this will toggle the substitution
+--- of all or one match.  See `complex-change`.
+---
+--- 	command		'gdefault' on	'gdefault' off	~
+--- 	:s///		  subst. all	  subst. one
+--- 	:s///g		  subst. one	  subst. all
+--- 	:s///gg		  subst. all	  subst. one
+---
+--- DEPRECATED: Setting this option may break plugins that are not aware
+--- of this option.  Also, many users get confused that adding the /g flag
+--- has the opposite effect of that it normally does.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.gdefault = false
+vim.o.gd = vim.o.gdefault
+vim.go.gdefault = vim.o.gdefault
+vim.go.gd = vim.go.gdefault
+
+--- Format to recognize for the ":grep" command output.
+--- This is a scanf-like string that uses the same format as the
+--- 'errorformat' option: see `errorformat`.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.grepformat = "%f:%l:%m,%f:%l%m,%f  %l%m"
+vim.o.gfm = vim.o.grepformat
+vim.go.grepformat = vim.o.grepformat
+vim.go.gfm = vim.go.grepformat
+
+--- Program to use for the `:grep` command.  This option may contain '%'
+--- and '#' characters, which are expanded like when used in a command-
+--- line.  The placeholder "$*" is allowed to specify where the arguments
+--- will be included.  Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.  See
+--- `option-backslash` about including spaces and backslashes.
+--- When your "grep" accepts the "-H" argument, use this to make ":grep"
+--- also work well with a single file:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set grepprg=grep\ -nH
+--- ```
+--- Special value: When 'grepprg' is set to "internal" the `:grep` command
+--- works like `:vimgrep`, `:lgrep` like `:lvimgrep`, `:grepadd` like
+--- `:vimgrepadd` and `:lgrepadd` like `:lvimgrepadd`.
+--- See also the section `:make_makeprg`, since most of the comments there
+--- apply equally to 'grepprg'.
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.grepprg = "grep -n $* /dev/null"
+vim.o.gp = vim.o.grepprg
+vim.bo.grepprg = vim.o.grepprg
+vim.bo.gp = vim.bo.grepprg
+vim.go.grepprg = vim.o.grepprg
+vim.go.gp = vim.go.grepprg
+
+--- Configures the cursor style for each mode. Works in the GUI and many
+--- terminals.  See `tui-cursor-shape`.
+---
+--- To disable cursor-styling, reset the option:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set guicursor=
+--- ```
+--- To enable mode shapes, "Cursor" highlight, and blinking:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set guicursor=n-v-c:block,i-ci-ve:ver25,r-cr:hor20,o:hor50
+--- 	  \,a:blinkwait700-blinkoff400-blinkon250-Cursor/lCursor
+--- 	  \,sm:block-blinkwait175-blinkoff150-blinkon175
+--- ```
+--- The option is a comma-separated list of parts.  Each part consists of a
+--- mode-list and an argument-list:
+--- 	mode-list:argument-list,mode-list:argument-list,..
+--- The mode-list is a dash separated list of these modes:
+--- 	n	Normal mode
+--- 	v	Visual mode
+--- 	ve	Visual mode with 'selection' "exclusive" (same as 'v',
+--- 		if not specified)
+--- 	o	Operator-pending mode
+--- 	i	Insert mode
+--- 	r	Replace mode
+--- 	c	Command-line Normal (append) mode
+--- 	ci	Command-line Insert mode
+--- 	cr	Command-line Replace mode
+--- 	sm	showmatch in Insert mode
+--- 	a	all modes
+--- The argument-list is a dash separated list of these arguments:
+--- 	hor{N}	horizontal bar, {N} percent of the character height
+--- 	ver{N}	vertical bar, {N} percent of the character width
+--- 	block	block cursor, fills the whole character
+--- 		- Only one of the above three should be present.
+--- 		- Default is "block" for each mode.
+--- 	blinkwait{N}				*cursor-blinking*
+--- 	blinkon{N}
+--- 	blinkoff{N}
+--- 		blink times for cursor: blinkwait is the delay before
+--- 		the cursor starts blinking, blinkon is the time that
+--- 		the cursor is shown and blinkoff is the time that the
+--- 		cursor is not shown.  Times are in msec.  When one of
+--- 		the numbers is zero, there is no blinking. E.g.:
+--- ```
+--- 			:set guicursor=n:blinkon0
+--- ```
+--- - Default is "blinkon0" for each mode.
+--- 	{group-name}
+--- 		Highlight group that decides the color and font of the
+--- 		cursor.
+--- 		In the `TUI`:
+--- 		- `inverse`/reverse and no group-name are interpreted
+--- 		  as "host-terminal default cursor colors" which
+--- 		  typically means "inverted bg and fg colors".
+--- 		- `ctermfg` and `guifg` are ignored.
+--- 	{group-name}/{group-name}
+--- 		Two highlight group names, the first is used when
+--- 		no language mappings are used, the other when they
+--- 		are. `language-mapping`
+---
+--- Examples of parts:
+---    n-c-v:block-nCursor	In Normal, Command-line and Visual mode, use a
+--- 			block cursor with colors from the "nCursor"
+--- 			highlight group
+---    n-v-c-sm:block,i-ci-ve:ver25-Cursor,r-cr-o:hor20
+--- 			In Normal et al. modes, use a block cursor
+--- 			with the default colors defined by the host
+--- 			terminal.  In Insert-like modes, use
+--- 			a vertical bar cursor with colors from
+--- 			"Cursor" highlight group.  In Replace-like
+--- 			modes, use an underline cursor with
+--- 			default colors.
+---    i-ci:ver30-iCursor-blinkwait300-blinkon200-blinkoff150
+--- 			In Insert and Command-line Insert mode, use a
+--- 			30% vertical bar cursor with colors from the
+--- 			"iCursor" highlight group.  Blink a bit
+--- 			faster.
+---
+--- The 'a' mode is different.  It will set the given argument-list for
+--- all modes.  It does not reset anything to defaults.  This can be used
+--- to do a common setting for all modes.  For example, to switch off
+--- blinking: "a:blinkon0"
+---
+--- Examples of cursor highlighting:
+--- ```
+---     :highlight Cursor gui=reverse guifg=NONE guibg=NONE
+---     :highlight Cursor gui=NONE guifg=bg guibg=fg
+--- ```
+---
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.guicursor = "n-v-c-sm:block,i-ci-ve:ver25,r-cr-o:hor20"
+vim.o.gcr = vim.o.guicursor
+vim.go.guicursor = vim.o.guicursor
+vim.go.gcr = vim.go.guicursor
+
+--- This is a list of fonts which will be used for the GUI version of Vim.
+--- In its simplest form the value is just one font name.  When
+--- the font cannot be found you will get an error message.  To try other
+--- font names a list can be specified, font names separated with commas.
+--- The first valid font is used.
+---
+--- Spaces after a comma are ignored.  To include a comma in a font name
+--- precede it with a backslash.  Setting an option requires an extra
+--- backslash before a space and a backslash.  See also
+--- `option-backslash`.  For example:
+--- ```
+---     :set guifont=Screen15,\ 7x13,font\\,with\\,commas
+--- ```
+--- will make Vim try to use the font "Screen15" first, and if it fails it
+--- will try to use "7x13" and then "font,with,commas" instead.
+---
+--- If none of the fonts can be loaded, Vim will keep the current setting.
+--- If an empty font list is given, Vim will try using other resource
+--- settings (for X, it will use the Vim.font resource), and finally it
+--- will try some builtin default which should always be there ("7x13" in
+--- the case of X).  The font names given should be "normal" fonts.  Vim
+--- will try to find the related bold and italic fonts.
+---
+--- For Win32 and Mac OS:
+--- ```
+---     :set guifont=*
+--- ```
+--- will bring up a font requester, where you can pick the font you want.
+---
+--- The font name depends on the GUI used.
+---
+--- For Mac OSX you can use something like this:
+--- ```
+---     :set guifont=Monaco:h10
+--- ```
+--- *E236*
+--- Note that the fonts must be mono-spaced (all characters have the same
+--- width).
+---
+--- To preview a font on X11, you might be able to use the "xfontsel"
+--- program.  The "xlsfonts" program gives a list of all available fonts.
+---
+--- For the Win32 GUI					*E244* *E245*
+--- - takes these options in the font name:
+--- 	hXX - height is XX (points, can be floating-point)
+--- 	wXX - width is XX (points, can be floating-point)
+--- 	b   - bold
+--- 	i   - italic
+--- 	u   - underline
+--- 	s   - strikeout
+--- 	cXX - character set XX.  Valid charsets are: ANSI, ARABIC,
+--- 	      BALTIC, CHINESEBIG5, DEFAULT, EASTEUROPE, GB2312, GREEK,
+--- 	      HANGEUL, HEBREW, JOHAB, MAC, OEM, RUSSIAN, SHIFTJIS,
+--- 	      SYMBOL, THAI, TURKISH, VIETNAMESE ANSI and BALTIC.
+--- 	      Normally you would use "cDEFAULT".
+---
+---   Use a ':' to separate the options.
+--- - A '_' can be used in the place of a space, so you don't need to use
+---   backslashes to escape the spaces.
+--- - Examples:
+--- ```
+---     :set guifont=courier_new:h12:w5:b:cRUSSIAN
+---     :set guifont=Andale_Mono:h7.5:w4.5
+--- ```
+---
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.guifont = ""
+vim.o.gfn = vim.o.guifont
+vim.go.guifont = vim.o.guifont
+vim.go.gfn = vim.go.guifont
+
+--- Comma-separated list of fonts to be used for double-width characters.
+--- The first font that can be loaded is used.
+--- Note: The size of these fonts must be exactly twice as wide as the one
+--- specified with 'guifont' and the same height.
+---
+--- When 'guifont' has a valid font and 'guifontwide' is empty Vim will
+--- attempt to set 'guifontwide' to a matching double-width font.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.guifontwide = ""
+vim.o.gfw = vim.o.guifontwide
+vim.go.guifontwide = vim.o.guifontwide
+vim.go.gfw = vim.go.guifontwide
+
+--- This option only has an effect in the GUI version of Vim.  It is a
+--- sequence of letters which describes what components and options of the
+--- GUI should be used.
+--- To avoid problems with flags that are added in the future, use the
+--- "+=" and "-=" feature of ":set" `add-option-flags`.
+---
+--- Valid letters are as follows:
+--- 						*guioptions_a* *'go-a'*
+---   'a'	Autoselect:  If present, then whenever VISUAL mode is started,
+--- 	or the Visual area extended, Vim tries to become the owner of
+--- 	the windowing system's global selection.  This means that the
+--- 	Visually highlighted text is available for pasting into other
+--- 	applications as well as into Vim itself.  When the Visual mode
+--- 	ends, possibly due to an operation on the text, or when an
+--- 	application wants to paste the selection, the highlighted text
+--- 	is automatically yanked into the "* selection register.
+--- 	Thus the selection is still available for pasting into other
+--- 	applications after the VISUAL mode has ended.
+--- 	    If not present, then Vim won't become the owner of the
+--- 	windowing system's global selection unless explicitly told to
+--- 	by a yank or delete operation for the "* register.
+--- 	The same applies to the modeless selection.
+--- 							*'go-P'*
+---   'P'	Like autoselect but using the "+ register instead of the "*
+--- 	register.
+--- 							*'go-A'*
+---   'A'	Autoselect for the modeless selection.  Like 'a', but only
+--- 	applies to the modeless selection.
+---
+--- 	    'guioptions'   autoselect Visual  autoselect modeless ~
+--- 		 ""		 -			 -
+--- 		 "a"		yes			yes
+--- 		 "A"		 -			yes
+--- 		 "aA"		yes			yes
+---
+--- 							*'go-c'*
+---   'c'	Use console dialogs instead of popup dialogs for simple
+--- 	choices.
+--- 							*'go-d'*
+---   'd'	Use dark theme variant if available.
+--- 							*'go-e'*
+---   'e'	Add tab pages when indicated with 'showtabline'.
+--- 	'guitablabel' can be used to change the text in the labels.
+--- 	When 'e' is missing a non-GUI tab pages line may be used.
+--- 	The GUI tabs are only supported on some systems, currently
+--- 	Mac OS/X and MS-Windows.
+--- 							*'go-i'*
+---   'i'	Use a Vim icon.
+--- 							*'go-m'*
+---   'm'	Menu bar is present.
+--- 							*'go-M'*
+---   'M'	The system menu "$VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim" is not sourced.  Note
+--- 	that this flag must be added in the vimrc file, before
+--- 	switching on syntax or filetype recognition (when the `gvimrc`
+--- 	file is sourced the system menu has already been loaded; the
+--- 	`:syntax on` and `:filetype on` commands load the menu too).
+--- 							*'go-g'*
+---   'g'	Grey menu items: Make menu items that are not active grey.  If
+--- 	'g' is not included inactive menu items are not shown at all.
+--- 							*'go-T'*
+---   'T'	Include Toolbar.  Currently only in Win32 GUI.
+--- 							*'go-r'*
+---   'r'	Right-hand scrollbar is always present.
+--- 							*'go-R'*
+---   'R'	Right-hand scrollbar is present when there is a vertically
+--- 	split window.
+--- 							*'go-l'*
+---   'l'	Left-hand scrollbar is always present.
+--- 							*'go-L'*
+---   'L'	Left-hand scrollbar is present when there is a vertically
+--- 	split window.
+--- 							*'go-b'*
+---   'b'	Bottom (horizontal) scrollbar is present.  Its size depends on
+--- 	the longest visible line, or on the cursor line if the 'h'
+--- 	flag is included. `gui-horiz-scroll`
+--- 							*'go-h'*
+---   'h'	Limit horizontal scrollbar size to the length of the cursor
+--- 	line.  Reduces computations. `gui-horiz-scroll`
+---
+--- And yes, you may even have scrollbars on the left AND the right if
+--- you really want to :-).  See `gui-scrollbars` for more information.
+---
+--- 							*'go-v'*
+---   'v'	Use a vertical button layout for dialogs.  When not included,
+--- 	a horizontal layout is preferred, but when it doesn't fit a
+--- 	vertical layout is used anyway.  Not supported in GTK 3.
+--- 							*'go-p'*
+---   'p'	Use Pointer callbacks for X11 GUI.  This is required for some
+--- 	window managers.  If the cursor is not blinking or hollow at
+--- 	the right moment, try adding this flag.  This must be done
+--- 	before starting the GUI.  Set it in your `gvimrc`.  Adding or
+--- 	removing it after the GUI has started has no effect.
+--- 							*'go-k'*
+---   'k'	Keep the GUI window size when adding/removing a scrollbar, or
+--- 	toolbar, tabline, etc.  Instead, the behavior is similar to
+--- 	when the window is maximized and will adjust 'lines' and
+--- 	'columns' to fit to the window.  Without the 'k' flag Vim will
+--- 	try to keep 'lines' and 'columns' the same when adding and
+--- 	removing GUI components.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.guioptions = ""
+vim.o.go = vim.o.guioptions
+vim.go.guioptions = vim.o.guioptions
+vim.go.go = vim.go.guioptions
+
+--- When non-empty describes the text to use in a label of the GUI tab
+--- pages line.  When empty and when the result is empty Vim will use a
+--- default label.  See `setting-guitablabel` for more info.
+---
+--- The format of this option is like that of 'statusline'.
+--- 'guitabtooltip' is used for the tooltip, see below.
+--- The expression will be evaluated in the `sandbox` when set from a
+--- modeline, see `sandbox-option`.
+--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
+---
+--- Only used when the GUI tab pages line is displayed.  'e' must be
+--- present in 'guioptions'.  For the non-GUI tab pages line 'tabline' is
+--- used.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.guitablabel = ""
+vim.o.gtl = vim.o.guitablabel
+vim.go.guitablabel = vim.o.guitablabel
+vim.go.gtl = vim.go.guitablabel
+
+--- When non-empty describes the text to use in a tooltip for the GUI tab
+--- pages line.  When empty Vim will use a default tooltip.
+--- This option is otherwise just like 'guitablabel' above.
+--- You can include a line break.  Simplest method is to use `:let`:
+--- ```
+--- 	:let &guitabtooltip = "line one\nline two"
+--- ```
+---
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.guitabtooltip = ""
+vim.o.gtt = vim.o.guitabtooltip
+vim.go.guitabtooltip = vim.o.guitabtooltip
+vim.go.gtt = vim.go.guitabtooltip
+
+--- Name of the main help file.  All distributed help files should be
+--- placed together in one directory.  Additionally, all "doc" directories
+--- in 'runtimepath' will be used.
+--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.  For example:
+--- "$VIMRUNTIME/doc/help.txt".  If $VIMRUNTIME is not set, $VIM is also
+--- tried.  Also see `$VIMRUNTIME` and `option-backslash` about including
+--- spaces and backslashes.
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.helpfile = "$VIMRUNTIME/doc/help.txt"
+vim.o.hf = vim.o.helpfile
+vim.go.helpfile = vim.o.helpfile
+vim.go.hf = vim.go.helpfile
+
+--- Minimal initial height of the help window when it is opened with the
+--- ":help" command.  The initial height of the help window is half of the
+--- current window, or (when the 'ea' option is on) the same as other
+--- windows.  When the height is less than 'helpheight', the height is
+--- set to 'helpheight'.  Set to zero to disable.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.helpheight = 20
+vim.o.hh = vim.o.helpheight
+vim.go.helpheight = vim.o.helpheight
+vim.go.hh = vim.go.helpheight
+
+--- Comma-separated list of languages.  Vim will use the first language
+--- for which the desired help can be found.  The English help will always
+--- be used as a last resort.  You can add "en" to prefer English over
+--- another language, but that will only find tags that exist in that
+--- language and not in the English help.
+--- Example:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set helplang=de,it
+--- ```
+--- This will first search German, then Italian and finally English help
+--- files.
+--- When using `CTRL-]` and ":help!" in a non-English help file Vim will
+--- try to find the tag in the current language before using this option.
+--- See `help-translated`.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.helplang = ""
+vim.o.hlg = vim.o.helplang
+vim.go.helplang = vim.o.helplang
+vim.go.hlg = vim.go.helplang
+
+--- When off a buffer is unloaded (including loss of undo information)
+--- when it is `abandon`ed.  When on a buffer becomes hidden when it is
+--- `abandon`ed.  A buffer displayed in another window does not become
+--- hidden, of course.
+---
+--- Commands that move through the buffer list sometimes hide a buffer
+--- although the 'hidden' option is off when these three are true:
+--- - the buffer is modified
+--- - 'autowrite' is off or writing is not possible
+--- - the '!' flag was used
+--- Also see `windows`.
+---
+--- To hide a specific buffer use the 'bufhidden' option.
+--- 'hidden' is set for one command with ":hide {command}" `:hide`.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.hidden = true
+vim.o.hid = vim.o.hidden
+vim.go.hidden = vim.o.hidden
+vim.go.hid = vim.go.hidden
+
+--- A history of ":" commands, and a history of previous search patterns
+--- is remembered.  This option decides how many entries may be stored in
+--- each of these histories (see `cmdline-editing`).
+--- The maximum value is 10000.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.history = 10000
+vim.o.hi = vim.o.history
+vim.go.history = vim.o.history
+vim.go.hi = vim.go.history
+
+--- When there is a previous search pattern, highlight all its matches.
+--- The `hl-Search` highlight group determines the highlighting for all
+--- matches not under the cursor while the `hl-CurSearch` highlight group
+--- (if defined) determines the highlighting for the match under the
+--- cursor. If `hl-CurSearch` is not defined, then `hl-Search` is used for
+--- both. Note that only the matching text is highlighted, any offsets
+--- are not applied.
+--- See also: 'incsearch' and `:match`.
+--- When you get bored looking at the highlighted matches, you can turn it
+--- off with `:nohlsearch`.  This does not change the option value, as
+--- soon as you use a search command, the highlighting comes back.
+--- 'redrawtime' specifies the maximum time spent on finding matches.
+--- When the search pattern can match an end-of-line, Vim will try to
+--- highlight all of the matched text.  However, this depends on where the
+--- search starts.  This will be the first line in the window or the first
+--- line below a closed fold.  A match in a previous line which is not
+--- drawn may not continue in a newly drawn line.
+--- You can specify whether the highlight status is restored on startup
+--- with the 'h' flag in 'shada' `shada-h`.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.hlsearch = true
+vim.o.hls = vim.o.hlsearch
+vim.go.hlsearch = vim.o.hlsearch
+vim.go.hls = vim.go.hlsearch
+
+--- When on, the icon text of the window will be set to the value of
+--- 'iconstring' (if it is not empty), or to the name of the file
+--- currently being edited.  Only the last part of the name is used.
+--- Overridden by the 'iconstring' option.
+--- Only works if the terminal supports setting window icons.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.icon = false
+vim.go.icon = vim.o.icon
+
+--- When this option is not empty, it will be used for the icon text of
+--- the window.  This happens only when the 'icon' option is on.
+--- Only works if the terminal supports setting window icon text
+--- When this option contains printf-style '%' items, they will be
+--- expanded according to the rules used for 'statusline'.  See
+--- 'titlestring' for example settings.
+--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.iconstring = ""
+vim.go.iconstring = vim.o.iconstring
+
+--- Ignore case in search patterns, `cmdline-completion`, when
+--- searching in the tags file, and `expr-==`.
+--- Also see 'smartcase' and 'tagcase'.
+--- Can be overruled by using "\c" or "\C" in the pattern, see
+--- `/ignorecase`.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.ignorecase = false
+vim.o.ic = vim.o.ignorecase
+vim.go.ignorecase = vim.o.ignorecase
+vim.go.ic = vim.go.ignorecase
+
+--- When set the Input Method is always on when starting to edit a command
+--- line, unless entering a search pattern (see 'imsearch' for that).
+--- Setting this option is useful when your input method allows entering
+--- English characters directly, e.g., when it's used to type accented
+--- characters with dead keys.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.imcmdline = false
+vim.o.imc = vim.o.imcmdline
+vim.go.imcmdline = vim.o.imcmdline
+vim.go.imc = vim.go.imcmdline
+
+--- When set the Input Method is never used.  This is useful to disable
+--- the IM when it doesn't work properly.
+--- Currently this option is on by default for SGI/IRIX machines.  This
+--- may change in later releases.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.imdisable = false
+vim.o.imd = vim.o.imdisable
+vim.go.imdisable = vim.o.imdisable
+vim.go.imd = vim.go.imdisable
+
+--- Specifies whether :lmap or an Input Method (IM) is to be used in
+--- Insert mode.  Valid values:
+--- 	0	:lmap is off and IM is off
+--- 	1	:lmap is ON and IM is off
+--- 	2	:lmap is off and IM is ON
+--- To always reset the option to zero when leaving Insert mode with <Esc>
+--- this can be used:
+--- ```
+--- 	:inoremap <ESC> <ESC>:set iminsert=0<CR>
+--- ```
+--- This makes :lmap and IM turn off automatically when leaving Insert
+--- mode.
+--- Note that this option changes when using CTRL-^ in Insert mode
+--- `i_CTRL-^`.
+--- The value is set to 1 when setting 'keymap' to a valid keymap name.
+--- It is also used for the argument of commands like "r" and "f".
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.iminsert = 0
+vim.o.imi = vim.o.iminsert
+vim.bo.iminsert = vim.o.iminsert
+vim.bo.imi = vim.bo.iminsert
+
+--- Specifies whether :lmap or an Input Method (IM) is to be used when
+--- entering a search pattern.  Valid values:
+--- 	-1	the value of 'iminsert' is used, makes it look like
+--- 		'iminsert' is also used when typing a search pattern
+--- 	0	:lmap is off and IM is off
+--- 	1	:lmap is ON and IM is off
+--- 	2	:lmap is off and IM is ON
+--- Note that this option changes when using CTRL-^ in Command-line mode
+--- `c_CTRL-^`.
+--- The value is set to 1 when it is not -1 and setting the 'keymap'
+--- option to a valid keymap name.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.imsearch = -1
+vim.o.ims = vim.o.imsearch
+vim.bo.imsearch = vim.o.imsearch
+vim.bo.ims = vim.bo.imsearch
+
+--- When nonempty, shows the effects of `:substitute`, `:smagic|,
+--- |:snomagic` and user commands with the `:command-preview` flag as you
+--- type.
+---
+--- Possible values:
+--- 	nosplit	Shows the effects of a command incrementally in the
+--- 		buffer.
+--- 	split	Like "nosplit", but also shows partial off-screen
+--- 		results in a preview window.
+---
+--- If the preview for built-in commands is too slow (exceeds
+--- 'redrawtime') then 'inccommand' is automatically disabled until
+--- `Command-line-mode` is done.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.inccommand = "nosplit"
+vim.o.icm = vim.o.inccommand
+vim.go.inccommand = vim.o.inccommand
+vim.go.icm = vim.go.inccommand
+
+--- Pattern to be used to find an include command.  It is a search
+--- pattern, just like for the "/" command (See `pattern`).  This option
+--- is used for the commands "[i", "]I", "[d", etc.
+--- Normally the 'isfname' option is used to recognize the file name that
+--- comes after the matched pattern.  But if "\zs" appears in the pattern
+--- then the text matched from "\zs" to the end, or until "\ze" if it
+--- appears, is used as the file name.  Use this to include characters
+--- that are not in 'isfname', such as a space.  You can then use
+--- 'includeexpr' to process the matched text.
+--- See `option-backslash` about including spaces and backslashes.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.include = ""
+vim.o.inc = vim.o.include
+vim.bo.include = vim.o.include
+vim.bo.inc = vim.bo.include
+vim.go.include = vim.o.include
+vim.go.inc = vim.go.include
+
+--- Expression to be used to transform the string found with the 'include'
+--- option to a file name.  Mostly useful to change "." to "/" for Java:
+--- ```
+--- 	:setlocal includeexpr=substitute(v:fname,'\\.','/','g')
+--- ```
+--- The "v:fname" variable will be set to the file name that was detected.
+--- Note the double backslash: the `:set` command first halves them, then
+--- one remains in the value, where "\." matches a dot literally.  For
+--- simple character replacements `tr()` avoids the need for escaping:
+--- ```
+--- 	:setlocal includeexpr=tr(v:fname,'.','/')
+--- ```
+---
+--- Also used for the `gf` command if an unmodified file name can't be
+--- found.  Allows doing "gf" on the name after an 'include' statement.
+--- Also used for `<cfile>`.
+---
+--- If the expression starts with s: or `<SID>`, then it is replaced with
+--- the script ID (`local-function`). Example:
+--- ```
+--- 	setlocal includeexpr=s:MyIncludeExpr(v:fname)
+--- 	setlocal includeexpr=<SID>SomeIncludeExpr(v:fname)
+--- ```
+--- Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script
+--- where the option was set, thus script-local items are available.
+---
+--- The expression will be evaluated in the `sandbox` when set from a
+--- modeline, see `sandbox-option`.
+--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
+---
+--- It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
+--- evaluating 'includeexpr' `textlock`.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.includeexpr = ""
+vim.o.inex = vim.o.includeexpr
+vim.bo.includeexpr = vim.o.includeexpr
+vim.bo.inex = vim.bo.includeexpr
+
+--- While typing a search command, show where the pattern, as it was typed
+--- so far, matches.  The matched string is highlighted.  If the pattern
+--- is invalid or not found, nothing is shown.  The screen will be updated
+--- often, this is only useful on fast terminals.
+--- Note that the match will be shown, but the cursor will return to its
+--- original position when no match is found and when pressing <Esc>.  You
+--- still need to finish the search command with <Enter> to move the
+--- cursor to the match.
+--- You can use the CTRL-G and CTRL-T keys to move to the next and
+--- previous match. `c_CTRL-G` `c_CTRL-T`
+--- Vim only searches for about half a second.  With a complicated
+--- pattern and/or a lot of text the match may not be found.  This is to
+--- avoid that Vim hangs while you are typing the pattern.
+--- The `hl-IncSearch` highlight group determines the highlighting.
+--- When 'hlsearch' is on, all matched strings are highlighted too while
+--- typing a search command. See also: 'hlsearch'.
+--- If you don't want to turn 'hlsearch' on, but want to highlight all
+--- matches while searching, you can turn on and off 'hlsearch' with
+--- autocmd.  Example:
+--- ```
+--- 	augroup vimrc-incsearch-highlight
+--- 	  autocmd!
+--- 	  autocmd CmdlineEnter /,\? :set hlsearch
+--- 	  autocmd CmdlineLeave /,\? :set nohlsearch
+--- 	augroup END
+--- ```
+---
+--- CTRL-L can be used to add one character from after the current match
+--- to the command line.  If 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase' are set and the
+--- command line has no uppercase characters, the added character is
+--- converted to lowercase.
+--- CTRL-R CTRL-W can be used to add the word at the end of the current
+--- match, excluding the characters that were already typed.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.incsearch = true
+vim.o.is = vim.o.incsearch
+vim.go.incsearch = vim.o.incsearch
+vim.go.is = vim.go.incsearch
+
+--- Expression which is evaluated to obtain the proper indent for a line.
+--- It is used when a new line is created, for the `=` operator and
+--- in Insert mode as specified with the 'indentkeys' option.
+--- When this option is not empty, it overrules the 'cindent' and
+--- 'smartindent' indenting.  When 'lisp' is set, this option is
+--- is only used when 'lispoptions' contains "expr:1".
+--- The expression is evaluated with `v:lnum` set to the line number for
+--- which the indent is to be computed.  The cursor is also in this line
+--- when the expression is evaluated (but it may be moved around).
+---
+--- If the expression starts with s: or `<SID>`, then it is replaced with
+--- the script ID (`local-function`). Example:
+--- ```
+--- 	set indentexpr=s:MyIndentExpr()
+--- 	set indentexpr=<SID>SomeIndentExpr()
+--- ```
+--- Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script
+--- where the option was set, thus script-local items are available.
+---
+--- The expression must return the number of spaces worth of indent.  It
+--- can return "-1" to keep the current indent (this means 'autoindent' is
+--- used for the indent).
+--- Functions useful for computing the indent are `indent()`, `cindent()`
+--- and `lispindent()`.
+--- The evaluation of the expression must not have side effects!  It must
+--- not change the text, jump to another window, etc.  Afterwards the
+--- cursor position is always restored, thus the cursor may be moved.
+--- Normally this option would be set to call a function:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set indentexpr=GetMyIndent()
+--- ```
+--- Error messages will be suppressed, unless the 'debug' option contains
+--- "msg".
+--- See `indent-expression`.
+---
+--- The expression will be evaluated in the `sandbox` when set from a
+--- modeline, see `sandbox-option`.
+--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
+---
+--- It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
+--- evaluating 'indentexpr' `textlock`.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.indentexpr = ""
+vim.o.inde = vim.o.indentexpr
+vim.bo.indentexpr = vim.o.indentexpr
+vim.bo.inde = vim.bo.indentexpr
+
+--- A list of keys that, when typed in Insert mode, cause reindenting of
+--- the current line.  Only happens if 'indentexpr' isn't empty.
+--- The format is identical to 'cinkeys', see `indentkeys-format`.
+--- See `C-indenting` and `indent-expression`.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.indentkeys = "0{,0},0),0],:,0#,!^F,o,O,e"
+vim.o.indk = vim.o.indentkeys
+vim.bo.indentkeys = vim.o.indentkeys
+vim.bo.indk = vim.bo.indentkeys
+
+--- When doing keyword completion in insert mode `ins-completion`, and
+--- 'ignorecase' is also on, the case of the match is adjusted depending
+--- on the typed text.  If the typed text contains a lowercase letter
+--- where the match has an upper case letter, the completed part is made
+--- lowercase.  If the typed text has no lowercase letters and the match
+--- has a lowercase letter where the typed text has an uppercase letter,
+--- and there is a letter before it, the completed part is made uppercase.
+--- With 'noinfercase' the match is used as-is.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.infercase = false
+vim.o.inf = vim.o.infercase
+vim.bo.infercase = vim.o.infercase
+vim.bo.inf = vim.bo.infercase
+
+--- The characters specified by this option are included in file names and
+--- path names.  Filenames are used for commands like "gf", "[i" and in
+--- the tags file.  It is also used for "\f" in a `pattern`.
+--- Multi-byte characters 256 and above are always included, only the
+--- characters up to 255 are specified with this option.
+--- For UTF-8 the characters 0xa0 to 0xff are included as well.
+--- Think twice before adding white space to this option.  Although a
+--- space may appear inside a file name, the effect will be that Vim
+--- doesn't know where a file name starts or ends when doing completion.
+--- It most likely works better without a space in 'isfname'.
+---
+--- Note that on systems using a backslash as path separator, Vim tries to
+--- do its best to make it work as you would expect.  That is a bit
+--- tricky, since Vi originally used the backslash to escape special
+--- characters.  Vim will not remove a backslash in front of a normal file
+--- name character on these systems, but it will on Unix and alikes.  The
+--- '&' and '^' are not included by default, because these are special for
+--- cmd.exe.
+---
+--- The format of this option is a list of parts, separated with commas.
+--- Each part can be a single character number or a range.  A range is two
+--- character numbers with '-' in between.  A character number can be a
+--- decimal number between 0 and 255 or the ASCII character itself (does
+--- not work for digits).  Example:
+--- 	"_,-,128-140,#-43"	(include '_' and '-' and the range
+--- 				128 to 140 and '#' to 43)
+--- If a part starts with '^', the following character number or range
+--- will be excluded from the option.  The option is interpreted from left
+--- to right.  Put the excluded character after the range where it is
+--- included.  To include '^' itself use it as the last character of the
+--- option or the end of a range.  Example:
+--- 	"^a-z,#,^"	(exclude 'a' to 'z', include '#' and '^')
+--- If the character is '@', all characters where isalpha() returns TRUE
+--- are included.  Normally these are the characters a to z and A to Z,
+--- plus accented characters.  To include '@' itself use "@-@".  Examples:
+--- 	"@,^a-z"	All alphabetic characters, excluding lower
+--- 			case ASCII letters.
+--- 	"a-z,A-Z,@-@"	All letters plus the '@' character.
+--- A comma can be included by using it where a character number is
+--- expected.  Example:
+--- 	"48-57,,,_"	Digits, comma and underscore.
+--- A comma can be excluded by prepending a '^'.  Example:
+--- 	" -~,^,,9"	All characters from space to '~', excluding
+--- 			comma, plus <Tab>.
+--- See `option-backslash` about including spaces and backslashes.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.isfname = "@,48-57,/,.,-,_,+,,,#,$,%,~,="
+vim.o.isf = vim.o.isfname
+vim.go.isfname = vim.o.isfname
+vim.go.isf = vim.go.isfname
+
+--- The characters given by this option are included in identifiers.
+--- Identifiers are used in recognizing environment variables and after a
+--- match of the 'define' option.  It is also used for "\i" in a
+--- `pattern`.  See 'isfname' for a description of the format of this
+--- option.  For '@' only characters up to 255 are used.
+--- Careful: If you change this option, it might break expanding
+--- environment variables.  E.g., when '/' is included and Vim tries to
+--- expand "$HOME/.local/state/nvim/shada/main.shada".  Maybe you should
+--- change 'iskeyword' instead.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.isident = "@,48-57,_,192-255"
+vim.o.isi = vim.o.isident
+vim.go.isident = vim.o.isident
+vim.go.isi = vim.go.isident
+
+--- Keywords are used in searching and recognizing with many commands:
+--- "w", "*", "[i", etc.  It is also used for "\k" in a `pattern`.  See
+--- 'isfname' for a description of the format of this option.  For '@'
+--- characters above 255 check the "word" character class (any character
+--- that is not white space or punctuation).
+--- For C programs you could use "a-z,A-Z,48-57,_,.,-,>".
+--- For a help file it is set to all non-blank printable characters except
+--- "*", '"' and '|' (so that CTRL-] on a command finds the help for that
+--- command).
+--- When the 'lisp' option is on the '-' character is always included.
+--- This option also influences syntax highlighting, unless the syntax
+--- uses `:syn-iskeyword`.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.iskeyword = "@,48-57,_,192-255"
+vim.o.isk = vim.o.iskeyword
+vim.bo.iskeyword = vim.o.iskeyword
+vim.bo.isk = vim.bo.iskeyword
+
+--- The characters given by this option are displayed directly on the
+--- screen.  It is also used for "\p" in a `pattern`.  The characters from
+--- space (ASCII 32) to '~' (ASCII 126) are always displayed directly,
+--- even when they are not included in 'isprint' or excluded.  See
+--- 'isfname' for a description of the format of this option.
+---
+--- Non-printable characters are displayed with two characters:
+--- 	  0 -  31	"^@" - "^_"
+--- 	 32 - 126	always single characters
+--- 	   127		"^?"
+--- 	128 - 159	"~@" - "~_"
+--- 	160 - 254	"| " - "|~"
+--- 	   255		"~?"
+--- Illegal bytes from 128 to 255 (invalid UTF-8) are
+--- displayed as <xx>, with the hexadecimal value of the byte.
+--- When 'display' contains "uhex" all unprintable characters are
+--- displayed as <xx>.
+--- The SpecialKey highlighting will be used for unprintable characters.
+--- `hl-SpecialKey`
+---
+--- Multi-byte characters 256 and above are always included, only the
+--- characters up to 255 are specified with this option.  When a character
+--- is printable but it is not available in the current font, a
+--- replacement character will be shown.
+--- Unprintable and zero-width Unicode characters are displayed as <xxxx>.
+--- There is no option to specify these characters.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.isprint = "@,161-255"
+vim.o.isp = vim.o.isprint
+vim.go.isprint = vim.o.isprint
+vim.go.isp = vim.go.isprint
+
+--- Insert two spaces after a '.', '?' and '!' with a join command.
+--- Otherwise only one space is inserted.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.joinspaces = false
+vim.o.js = vim.o.joinspaces
+vim.go.joinspaces = vim.o.joinspaces
+vim.go.js = vim.go.joinspaces
+
+--- List of words that change the behavior of the `jumplist`.
+---   stack         Make the jumplist behave like the tagstack.
+--- 		Relative location of entries in the jumplist is
+--- 		preserved at the cost of discarding subsequent entries
+--- 		when navigating backwards in the jumplist and then
+--- 		jumping to a location.  `jumplist-stack`
+---
+---   view          When moving through the jumplist, `changelist|,
+--- 		|alternate-file` or using `mark-motions` try to
+--- 		restore the `mark-view` in which the action occurred.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.jumpoptions = ""
+vim.o.jop = vim.o.jumpoptions
+vim.go.jumpoptions = vim.o.jumpoptions
+vim.go.jop = vim.go.jumpoptions
+
+--- Name of a keyboard mapping.  See `mbyte-keymap`.
+--- Setting this option to a valid keymap name has the side effect of
+--- setting 'iminsert' to one, so that the keymap becomes effective.
+--- 'imsearch' is also set to one, unless it was -1
+--- Only normal file name characters can be used, `/\*?[|<>` are illegal.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.keymap = ""
+vim.o.kmp = vim.o.keymap
+vim.bo.keymap = vim.o.keymap
+vim.bo.kmp = vim.bo.keymap
+
+--- List of comma-separated words, which enable special things that keys
+--- can do.  These values can be used:
+---    startsel	Using a shifted special key starts selection (either
+--- 		Select mode or Visual mode, depending on "key" being
+--- 		present in 'selectmode').
+---    stopsel	Using a not-shifted special key stops selection.
+--- Special keys in this context are the cursor keys, <End>, <Home>,
+--- <PageUp> and <PageDown>.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.keymodel = ""
+vim.o.km = vim.o.keymodel
+vim.go.keymodel = vim.o.keymodel
+vim.go.km = vim.go.keymodel
+
+--- Program to use for the `K` command.  Environment variables are
+--- expanded `:set_env`.  ":help" may be used to access the Vim internal
+--- help.  (Note that previously setting the global option to the empty
+--- value did this, which is now deprecated.)
+--- When the first character is ":", the command is invoked as a Vim
+--- Ex command prefixed with [count].
+--- When "man" or "man -s" is used, Vim will automatically translate
+--- a [count] for the "K" command to a section number.
+--- See `option-backslash` about including spaces and backslashes.
+--- Example:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set keywordprg=man\ -s
+--- 	:set keywordprg=:Man
+--- ```
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.keywordprg = ":Man"
+vim.o.kp = vim.o.keywordprg
+vim.bo.keywordprg = vim.o.keywordprg
+vim.bo.kp = vim.bo.keywordprg
+vim.go.keywordprg = vim.o.keywordprg
+vim.go.kp = vim.go.keywordprg
+
+--- This option allows switching your keyboard into a special language
+--- mode.  When you are typing text in Insert mode the characters are
+--- inserted directly.  When in Normal mode the 'langmap' option takes
+--- care of translating these special characters to the original meaning
+--- of the key.  This means you don't have to change the keyboard mode to
+--- be able to execute Normal mode commands.
+--- This is the opposite of the 'keymap' option, where characters are
+--- mapped in Insert mode.
+--- Also consider setting 'langremap' to off, to prevent 'langmap' from
+--- applying to characters resulting from a mapping.
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- Example (for Greek, in UTF-8):				*greek*
+--- ```
+---     :set langmap=ΑA,ΒB,ΨC,ΔD,ΕE,ΦF,ΓG,ΗH,ΙI,ΞJ,ΚK,ΛL,ΜM,ΝN,ΟO,ΠP,QQ,ΡR,ΣS,ΤT,ΘU,ΩV,WW,ΧX,ΥY,ΖZ,αa,βb,ψc,δd,εe,φf,γg,ηh,ιi,ξj,κk,λl,μm,νn,οo,πp,qq,ρr,σs,τt,θu,ωv,ςw,χx,υy,ζz
+--- ```
+--- Example (exchanges meaning of z and y for commands):
+--- ```
+---     :set langmap=zy,yz,ZY,YZ
+--- ```
+---
+--- The 'langmap' option is a list of parts, separated with commas.  Each
+--- part can be in one of two forms:
+--- 1.  A list of pairs.  Each pair is a "from" character immediately
+---     followed by the "to" character.  Examples: "aA", "aAbBcC".
+--- 2.  A list of "from" characters, a semi-colon and a list of "to"
+---     characters.  Example: "abc;ABC"
+--- Example: "aA,fgh;FGH,cCdDeE"
+--- Special characters need to be preceded with a backslash.  These are
+--- ";", ',', '"', '|' and backslash itself.
+---
+--- This will allow you to activate vim actions without having to switch
+--- back and forth between the languages.  Your language characters will
+--- be understood as normal vim English characters (according to the
+--- langmap mappings) in the following cases:
+---  o Normal/Visual mode (commands, buffer/register names, user mappings)
+---  o Insert/Replace Mode: Register names after CTRL-R
+---  o Insert/Replace Mode: Mappings
+--- Characters entered in Command-line mode will NOT be affected by
+--- this option.   Note that this option can be changed at any time
+--- allowing to switch between mappings for different languages/encodings.
+--- Use a mapping to avoid having to type it each time!
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.langmap = ""
+vim.o.lmap = vim.o.langmap
+vim.go.langmap = vim.o.langmap
+vim.go.lmap = vim.go.langmap
+
+--- Language to use for menu translation.  Tells which file is loaded
+--- from the "lang" directory in 'runtimepath':
+--- ```
+--- 	"lang/menu_" .. &langmenu .. ".vim"
+--- ```
+--- (without the spaces).  For example, to always use the Dutch menus, no
+--- matter what $LANG is set to:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set langmenu=nl_NL.ISO_8859-1
+--- ```
+--- When 'langmenu' is empty, `v:lang` is used.
+--- Only normal file name characters can be used, `/\*?[|<>` are illegal.
+--- If your $LANG is set to a non-English language but you do want to use
+--- the English menus:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set langmenu=none
+--- ```
+--- This option must be set before loading menus, switching on filetype
+--- detection or syntax highlighting.  Once the menus are defined setting
+--- this option has no effect.  But you could do this:
+--- ```
+--- 	:source $VIMRUNTIME/delmenu.vim
+--- 	:set langmenu=de_DE.ISO_8859-1
+--- 	:source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim
+--- ```
+--- Warning: This deletes all menus that you defined yourself!
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.langmenu = ""
+vim.o.lm = vim.o.langmenu
+vim.go.langmenu = vim.o.langmenu
+vim.go.lm = vim.go.langmenu
+
+--- When off, setting 'langmap' does not apply to characters resulting from
+--- a mapping.  If setting 'langmap' disables some of your mappings, make
+--- sure this option is off.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.langremap = false
+vim.o.lrm = vim.o.langremap
+vim.go.langremap = vim.o.langremap
+vim.go.lrm = vim.go.langremap
+
+--- The value of this option influences when the last window will have a
+--- status line:
+--- 	0: never
+--- 	1: only if there are at least two windows
+--- 	2: always
+--- 	3: always and ONLY the last window
+--- The screen looks nicer with a status line if you have several
+--- windows, but it takes another screen line. `status-line`
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.laststatus = 2
+vim.o.ls = vim.o.laststatus
+vim.go.laststatus = vim.o.laststatus
+vim.go.ls = vim.go.laststatus
+
+--- When this option is set, the screen will not be redrawn while
+--- executing macros, registers and other commands that have not been
+--- typed.  Also, updating the window title is postponed.  To force an
+--- update use `:redraw`.
+--- This may occasionally cause display errors.  It is only meant to be set
+--- temporarily when performing an operation where redrawing may cause
+--- flickering or cause a slow down.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.lazyredraw = false
+vim.o.lz = vim.o.lazyredraw
+vim.go.lazyredraw = vim.o.lazyredraw
+vim.go.lz = vim.go.lazyredraw
+
+--- If on, Vim will wrap long lines at a character in 'breakat' rather
+--- than at the last character that fits on the screen.  Unlike
+--- 'wrapmargin' and 'textwidth', this does not insert <EOL>s in the file,
+--- it only affects the way the file is displayed, not its contents.
+--- If 'breakindent' is set, line is visually indented. Then, the value
+--- of 'showbreak' is used to put in front of wrapped lines. This option
+--- is not used when the 'wrap' option is off.
+--- Note that <Tab> characters after an <EOL> are mostly not displayed
+--- with the right amount of white space.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.linebreak = false
+vim.o.lbr = vim.o.linebreak
+vim.wo.linebreak = vim.o.linebreak
+vim.wo.lbr = vim.wo.linebreak
+
+--- Number of lines of the Vim window.
+--- Normally you don't need to set this.  It is done automatically by the
+--- terminal initialization code.
+--- When Vim is running in the GUI or in a resizable window, setting this
+--- option will cause the window size to be changed.  When you only want
+--- to use the size for the GUI, put the command in your `gvimrc` file.
+--- Vim limits the number of lines to what fits on the screen.  You can
+--- use this command to get the tallest window possible:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set lines=999
+--- ```
+--- Minimum value is 2, maximum value is 1000.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.lines = 24
+vim.go.lines = vim.o.lines
+
+--- 		only in the GUI
+--- Number of pixel lines inserted between characters.  Useful if the font
+--- uses the full character cell height, making lines touch each other.
+--- When non-zero there is room for underlining.
+--- With some fonts there can be too much room between lines (to have
+--- space for ascents and descents).  Then it makes sense to set
+--- 'linespace' to a negative value.  This may cause display problems
+--- though!
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.linespace = 0
+vim.o.lsp = vim.o.linespace
+vim.go.linespace = vim.o.linespace
+vim.go.lsp = vim.go.linespace
+
+--- Lisp mode: When <Enter> is typed in insert mode set the indent for
+--- the next line to Lisp standards (well, sort of).  Also happens with
+--- "cc" or "S".  'autoindent' must also be on for this to work.  The 'p'
+--- flag in 'cpoptions' changes the method of indenting: Vi compatible or
+--- better.  Also see 'lispwords'.
+--- The '-' character is included in keyword characters.  Redefines the
+--- "=" operator to use this same indentation algorithm rather than
+--- calling an external program if 'equalprg' is empty.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.lisp = false
+vim.bo.lisp = vim.o.lisp
+
+--- Comma-separated list of items that influence the Lisp indenting when
+--- enabled with the `'lisp'` option.  Currently only one item is
+--- supported:
+--- 	expr:1	use 'indentexpr' for Lisp indenting when it is set
+--- 	expr:0	do not use 'indentexpr' for Lisp indenting (default)
+--- Note that when using 'indentexpr' the `=` operator indents all the
+--- lines, otherwise the first line is not indented (Vi-compatible).
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.lispoptions = ""
+vim.o.lop = vim.o.lispoptions
+vim.bo.lispoptions = vim.o.lispoptions
+vim.bo.lop = vim.bo.lispoptions
+
+--- Comma-separated list of words that influence the Lisp indenting when
+--- enabled with the `'lisp'` option.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.lispwords = "defun,define,defmacro,set!,lambda,if,case,let,flet,let*,letrec,do,do*,define-syntax,let-syntax,letrec-syntax,destructuring-bind,defpackage,defparameter,defstruct,deftype,defvar,do-all-symbols,do-external-symbols,do-symbols,dolist,dotimes,ecase,etypecase,eval-when,labels,macrolet,multiple-value-bind,multiple-value-call,multiple-value-prog1,multiple-value-setq,prog1,progv,typecase,unless,unwind-protect,when,with-input-from-string,with-open-file,with-open-stream,with-output-to-string,with-package-iterator,define-condition,handler-bind,handler-case,restart-bind,restart-case,with-simple-restart,store-value,use-value,muffle-warning,abort,continue,with-slots,with-slots*,with-accessors,with-accessors*,defclass,defmethod,print-unreadable-object"
+vim.o.lw = vim.o.lispwords
+vim.bo.lispwords = vim.o.lispwords
+vim.bo.lw = vim.bo.lispwords
+vim.go.lispwords = vim.o.lispwords
+vim.go.lw = vim.go.lispwords
+
+--- List mode: By default, show tabs as ">", trailing spaces as "-", and
+--- non-breakable space characters as "+". Useful to see the difference
+--- between tabs and spaces and for trailing blanks. Further changed by
+--- the 'listchars' option.
+---
+--- The cursor is displayed at the start of the space a Tab character
+--- occupies, not at the end as usual in Normal mode.  To get this cursor
+--- position while displaying Tabs with spaces, use:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set list lcs=tab:\ \
+--- ```
+---
+--- Note that list mode will also affect formatting (set with 'textwidth'
+--- or 'wrapmargin') when 'cpoptions' includes 'L'.  See 'listchars' for
+--- changing the way tabs are displayed.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.list = false
+vim.wo.list = vim.o.list
+
+--- Strings to use in 'list' mode and for the `:list` command.  It is a
+--- comma-separated list of string settings.
+---
+--- 						*lcs-eol*
+---   eol:c		Character to show at the end of each line.  When
+--- 		omitted, there is no extra character at the end of the
+--- 		line.
+--- 						*lcs-tab*
+---   tab:xy[z]	Two or three characters to be used to show a tab.
+--- 		The third character is optional.
+---
+---   tab:xy	The 'x' is always used, then 'y' as many times as will
+--- 		fit.  Thus "tab:>-" displays:
+--- ```
+---
+--- ```
+--- 			>-
+--- 			>--
+--- 			etc.
+--- ```
+---
+---   tab:xyz	The 'z' is always used, then 'x' is prepended, and
+--- 		then 'y' is used as many times as will fit.  Thus
+--- 		"tab:<->" displays:
+--- ```
+---
+--- ```
+--- 			<>
+--- 			<->
+--- 			<-->
+--- 			etc.
+--- ```
+---
+--- 		When "tab:" is omitted, a tab is shown as ^I.
+--- 						*lcs-space*
+---   space:c	Character to show for a space.  When omitted, spaces
+--- 		are left blank.
+--- 						*lcs-multispace*
+---   multispace:c...
+--- 		One or more characters to use cyclically to show for
+--- 		multiple consecutive spaces.  Overrides the "space"
+--- 		setting, except for single spaces.  When omitted, the
+--- 		"space" setting is used.  For example,
+--- 		`:set listchars=multispace:---+` shows ten consecutive
+--- 		spaces as:
+--- ```
+--- 			---+---+--
+--- ```
+---
+--- 						*lcs-lead*
+---   lead:c	Character to show for leading spaces.  When omitted,
+--- 		leading spaces are blank.  Overrides the "space" and
+--- 		"multispace" settings for leading spaces.  You can
+--- 		combine it with "tab:", for example:
+--- ```
+--- 			:set listchars+=tab:>-,lead:.
+--- ```
+---
+--- 						*lcs-leadmultispace*
+---   leadmultispace:c...
+--- 		Like the `lcs-multispace` value, but for leading
+--- 		spaces only.  Also overrides `lcs-lead` for leading
+--- 		multiple spaces.
+--- 		`:set listchars=leadmultispace:---+` shows ten
+--- 		consecutive leading spaces as:
+--- ```
+--- 			---+---+--XXX
+--- ```
+---
+--- 		Where "XXX" denotes the first non-blank characters in
+--- 		the line.
+--- 						*lcs-trail*
+---   trail:c	Character to show for trailing spaces.  When omitted,
+--- 		trailing spaces are blank.  Overrides the "space" and
+--- 		"multispace" settings for trailing spaces.
+--- 						*lcs-extends*
+---   extends:c	Character to show in the last column, when 'wrap' is
+--- 		off and the line continues beyond the right of the
+--- 		screen.
+--- 						*lcs-precedes*
+---   precedes:c	Character to show in the first visible column of the
+--- 		physical line, when there is text preceding the
+--- 		character visible in the first column.
+--- 						*lcs-conceal*
+---   conceal:c	Character to show in place of concealed text, when
+--- 		'conceallevel' is set to 1.  A space when omitted.
+--- 						*lcs-nbsp*
+---   nbsp:c	Character to show for a non-breakable space character
+--- 		(0xA0 (160 decimal) and U+202F).  Left blank when
+--- 		omitted.
+---
+--- The characters ':' and ',' should not be used.  UTF-8 characters can
+--- be used.  All characters must be single width.
+---
+--- Each character can be specified as hex:
+--- ```
+--- 	set listchars=eol:\\x24
+--- 	set listchars=eol:\\u21b5
+--- 	set listchars=eol:\\U000021b5
+--- ```
+--- Note that a double backslash is used.  The number of hex characters
+--- must be exactly 2 for \\x, 4 for \\u and 8 for \\U.
+---
+--- Examples:
+--- ```
+---     :set lcs=tab:>-,trail:-
+---     :set lcs=tab:>-,eol:<,nbsp:%
+---     :set lcs=extends:>,precedes:<
+--- ```
+--- `hl-NonText` highlighting will be used for "eol", "extends" and
+--- "precedes". `hl-Whitespace` for "nbsp", "space", "tab", "multispace",
+--- "lead" and "trail".
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.listchars = "tab:> ,trail:-,nbsp:+"
+vim.o.lcs = vim.o.listchars
+vim.wo.listchars = vim.o.listchars
+vim.wo.lcs = vim.wo.listchars
+vim.go.listchars = vim.o.listchars
+vim.go.lcs = vim.go.listchars
+
+--- When on the plugin scripts are loaded when starting up `load-plugins`.
+--- This option can be reset in your `vimrc` file to disable the loading
+--- of plugins.
+--- Note that using the "-u NONE" and "--noplugin" command line arguments
+--- reset this option. `-u` `--noplugin`
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.loadplugins = true
+vim.o.lpl = vim.o.loadplugins
+vim.go.loadplugins = vim.o.loadplugins
+vim.go.lpl = vim.go.loadplugins
+
+--- Changes the special characters that can be used in search patterns.
+--- See `pattern`.
+--- WARNING: Switching this option off most likely breaks plugins!  That
+--- is because many patterns assume it's on and will fail when it's off.
+--- Only switch it off when working with old Vi scripts.  In any other
+--- situation write patterns that work when 'magic' is on.  Include "\M"
+--- when you want to `/\M`.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.magic = true
+vim.go.magic = vim.o.magic
+
+--- Name of the errorfile for the `:make` command (see `:make_makeprg`)
+--- and the `:grep` command.
+--- When it is empty, an internally generated temp file will be used.
+--- When "##" is included, it is replaced by a number to make the name
+--- unique.  This makes sure that the ":make" command doesn't overwrite an
+--- existing file.
+--- NOT used for the ":cf" command.  See 'errorfile' for that.
+--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
+--- See `option-backslash` about including spaces and backslashes.
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.makeef = ""
+vim.o.mef = vim.o.makeef
+vim.go.makeef = vim.o.makeef
+vim.go.mef = vim.go.makeef
+
+--- Encoding used for reading the output of external commands.  When empty,
+--- encoding is not converted.
+--- This is used for `:make`, `:lmake`, `:grep`, `:lgrep`, `:grepadd`,
+--- `:lgrepadd`, `:cfile`, `:cgetfile`, `:caddfile`, `:lfile`, `:lgetfile`,
+--- and `:laddfile`.
+---
+--- This would be mostly useful when you use MS-Windows.  If iconv is
+--- enabled, setting 'makeencoding' to "char" has the same effect as
+--- setting to the system locale encoding.  Example:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set makeencoding=char	" system locale is used
+--- ```
+---
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.makeencoding = ""
+vim.o.menc = vim.o.makeencoding
+vim.bo.makeencoding = vim.o.makeencoding
+vim.bo.menc = vim.bo.makeencoding
+vim.go.makeencoding = vim.o.makeencoding
+vim.go.menc = vim.go.makeencoding
+
+--- Program to use for the ":make" command.  See `:make_makeprg`.
+--- This option may contain '%' and '#' characters (see  `:_%` and `:_#`),
+--- which are expanded to the current and alternate file name.  Use `::S`
+--- to escape file names in case they contain special characters.
+--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.  See `option-backslash`
+--- about including spaces and backslashes.
+--- Note that a '|' must be escaped twice: once for ":set" and once for
+--- the interpretation of a command.  When you use a filter called
+--- "myfilter" do it like this:
+--- ```
+---     :set makeprg=gmake\ \\\|\ myfilter
+--- ```
+--- The placeholder "$*" can be given (even multiple times) to specify
+--- where the arguments will be included, for example:
+--- ```
+---     :set makeprg=latex\ \\\\nonstopmode\ \\\\input\\{$*}
+--- ```
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.makeprg = "make"
+vim.o.mp = vim.o.makeprg
+vim.bo.makeprg = vim.o.makeprg
+vim.bo.mp = vim.bo.makeprg
+vim.go.makeprg = vim.o.makeprg
+vim.go.mp = vim.go.makeprg
+
+--- Characters that form pairs.  The `%` command jumps from one to the
+--- other.
+--- Only character pairs are allowed that are different, thus you cannot
+--- jump between two double quotes.
+--- The characters must be separated by a colon.
+--- The pairs must be separated by a comma.  Example for including '<' and
+--- '>' (for HTML):
+--- ```
+--- 	:set mps+=<:>
+--- ```
+--- A more exotic example, to jump between the '=' and ';' in an
+--- assignment, useful for languages like C and Java:
+--- ```
+--- 	:au FileType c,cpp,java set mps+==:;
+--- ```
+--- For a more advanced way of using "%", see the matchit.vim plugin in
+--- the $VIMRUNTIME/plugin directory. `add-local-help`
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.matchpairs = "(:),{:},[:]"
+vim.o.mps = vim.o.matchpairs
+vim.bo.matchpairs = vim.o.matchpairs
+vim.bo.mps = vim.bo.matchpairs
+
+--- Tenths of a second to show the matching paren, when 'showmatch' is
+--- set.  Note that this is not in milliseconds, like other options that
+--- set a time.  This is to be compatible with Nvi.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.matchtime = 5
+vim.o.mat = vim.o.matchtime
+vim.go.matchtime = vim.o.matchtime
+vim.go.mat = vim.go.matchtime
+
+--- Maximum depth of function calls for user functions.  This normally
+--- catches endless recursion.  When using a recursive function with
+--- more depth, set 'maxfuncdepth' to a bigger number.  But this will use
+--- more memory, there is the danger of failing when memory is exhausted.
+--- Increasing this limit above 200 also changes the maximum for Ex
+--- command recursion, see `E169`.
+--- See also `:function`.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.maxfuncdepth = 100
+vim.o.mfd = vim.o.maxfuncdepth
+vim.go.maxfuncdepth = vim.o.maxfuncdepth
+vim.go.mfd = vim.go.maxfuncdepth
+
+--- Maximum number of times a mapping is done without resulting in a
+--- character to be used.  This normally catches endless mappings, like
+--- ":map x y" with ":map y x".  It still does not catch ":map g wg",
+--- because the 'w' is used before the next mapping is done.  See also
+--- `key-mapping`.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.maxmapdepth = 1000
+vim.o.mmd = vim.o.maxmapdepth
+vim.go.maxmapdepth = vim.o.maxmapdepth
+vim.go.mmd = vim.go.maxmapdepth
+
+--- Maximum amount of memory (in Kbyte) to use for pattern matching.
+--- The maximum value is about 2000000.  Use this to work without a limit.
+--- 						*E363*
+--- When Vim runs into the limit it gives an error message and mostly
+--- behaves like CTRL-C was typed.
+--- Running into the limit often means that the pattern is very
+--- inefficient or too complex.  This may already happen with the pattern
+--- "\(.\)*" on a very long line.  ".*" works much better.
+--- Might also happen on redraw, when syntax rules try to match a complex
+--- text structure.
+--- Vim may run out of memory before hitting the 'maxmempattern' limit, in
+--- which case you get an "Out of memory" error instead.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.maxmempattern = 1000
+vim.o.mmp = vim.o.maxmempattern
+vim.go.maxmempattern = vim.o.maxmempattern
+vim.go.mmp = vim.go.maxmempattern
+
+--- Maximum number of items to use in a menu.  Used for menus that are
+--- generated from a list of items, e.g., the Buffers menu.  Changing this
+--- option has no direct effect, the menu must be refreshed first.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.menuitems = 25
+vim.o.mis = vim.o.menuitems
+vim.go.menuitems = vim.o.menuitems
+vim.go.mis = vim.go.menuitems
+
+--- Parameters for `:mkspell`.  This tunes when to start compressing the
+--- word tree.  Compression can be slow when there are many words, but
+--- it's needed to avoid running out of memory.  The amount of memory used
+--- per word depends very much on how similar the words are, that's why
+--- this tuning is complicated.
+---
+--- There are three numbers, separated by commas:
+--- ```
+--- 	{start},{inc},{added}
+--- ```
+---
+--- For most languages the uncompressed word tree fits in memory.  {start}
+--- gives the amount of memory in Kbyte that can be used before any
+--- compression is done.  It should be a bit smaller than the amount of
+--- memory that is available to Vim.
+---
+--- When going over the {start} limit the {inc} number specifies the
+--- amount of memory in Kbyte that can be allocated before another
+--- compression is done.  A low number means compression is done after
+--- less words are added, which is slow.  A high number means more memory
+--- will be allocated.
+---
+--- After doing compression, {added} times 1024 words can be added before
+--- the {inc} limit is ignored and compression is done when any extra
+--- amount of memory is needed.  A low number means there is a smaller
+--- chance of hitting the {inc} limit, less memory is used but it's
+--- slower.
+---
+--- The languages for which these numbers are important are Italian and
+--- Hungarian.  The default works for when you have about 512 Mbyte.  If
+--- you have 1 Gbyte you could use:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set mkspellmem=900000,3000,800
+--- ```
+--- If you have less than 512 Mbyte `:mkspell` may fail for some
+--- languages, no matter what you set 'mkspellmem' to.
+---
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.mkspellmem = "460000,2000,500"
+vim.o.msm = vim.o.mkspellmem
+vim.go.mkspellmem = vim.o.mkspellmem
+vim.go.msm = vim.go.mkspellmem
+
+--- If 'modeline' is on 'modelines' gives the number of lines that is
+--- checked for set commands.  If 'modeline' is off or 'modelines' is zero
+--- no lines are checked.  See `modeline`.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.modeline = true
+vim.o.ml = vim.o.modeline
+vim.bo.modeline = vim.o.modeline
+vim.bo.ml = vim.bo.modeline
+
+--- When on allow some options that are an expression to be set in the
+--- modeline.  Check the option for whether it is affected by
+--- 'modelineexpr'.  Also see `modeline`.
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.modelineexpr = false
+vim.o.mle = vim.o.modelineexpr
+vim.go.modelineexpr = vim.o.modelineexpr
+vim.go.mle = vim.go.modelineexpr
+
+--- If 'modeline' is on 'modelines' gives the number of lines that is
+--- checked for set commands.  If 'modeline' is off or 'modelines' is zero
+--- no lines are checked.  See `modeline`.
+---
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.modelines = 5
+vim.o.mls = vim.o.modelines
+vim.go.modelines = vim.o.modelines
+vim.go.mls = vim.go.modelines
+
+--- When off the buffer contents cannot be changed.  The 'fileformat' and
+--- 'fileencoding' options also can't be changed.
+--- Can be reset on startup with the `-M` command line argument.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.modifiable = true
+vim.o.ma = vim.o.modifiable
+vim.bo.modifiable = vim.o.modifiable
+vim.bo.ma = vim.bo.modifiable
+
+--- When on, the buffer is considered to be modified.  This option is set
+--- when:
+--- 1. A change was made to the text since it was last written.  Using the
+---    `undo` command to go back to the original text will reset the
+---    option.  But undoing changes that were made before writing the
+---    buffer will set the option again, since the text is different from
+---    when it was written.
+--- 2. 'fileformat' or 'fileencoding' is different from its original
+---    value.  The original value is set when the buffer is read or
+---    written.  A ":set nomodified" command also resets the original
+---    values to the current values and the 'modified' option will be
+---    reset.
+---    Similarly for 'eol' and 'bomb'.
+--- This option is not set when a change is made to the buffer as the
+--- result of a BufNewFile, BufRead/BufReadPost, BufWritePost,
+--- FileAppendPost or VimLeave autocommand event.  See `gzip-example` for
+--- an explanation.
+--- When 'buftype' is "nowrite" or "nofile" this option may be set, but
+--- will be ignored.
+--- Note that the text may actually be the same, e.g. 'modified' is set
+--- when using "rA" on an "A".
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.modified = false
+vim.o.mod = vim.o.modified
+vim.bo.modified = vim.o.modified
+vim.bo.mod = vim.bo.modified
+
+--- When on, listings pause when the whole screen is filled.  You will get
+--- the `more-prompt`.  When this option is off there are no pauses, the
+--- listing continues until finished.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.more = true
+vim.go.more = vim.o.more
+
+--- Enables mouse support. For example, to enable the mouse in Normal mode
+--- and Visual mode:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set mouse=nv
+--- ```
+---
+--- To temporarily disable mouse support, hold the shift key while using
+--- the mouse.
+---
+--- Mouse support can be enabled for different modes:
+--- 	n	Normal mode
+--- 	v	Visual mode
+--- 	i	Insert mode
+--- 	c	Command-line mode
+--- 	h	all previous modes when editing a help file
+--- 	a	all previous modes
+--- 	r	for `hit-enter` and `more-prompt` prompt
+---
+--- Left-click anywhere in a text buffer to place the cursor there.  This
+--- works with operators too, e.g. type `d` then left-click to delete text
+--- from the current cursor position to the position where you clicked.
+---
+--- Drag the `status-line` or vertical separator of a window to resize it.
+---
+--- If enabled for "v" (Visual mode) then double-click selects word-wise,
+--- triple-click makes it line-wise, and quadruple-click makes it
+--- rectangular block-wise.
+---
+--- For scrolling with a mouse wheel see `scroll-mouse-wheel`.
+---
+--- Note: When enabling the mouse in a terminal, copy/paste will use the
+--- "* register if possible. See also 'clipboard'.
+---
+--- Related options:
+--- 'mousefocus'	window focus follows mouse pointer
+--- 'mousemodel'	what mouse button does which action
+--- 'mousehide'	hide mouse pointer while typing text
+--- 'selectmode'	whether to start Select mode or Visual mode
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.mouse = "nvi"
+vim.go.mouse = vim.o.mouse
+
+--- The window that the mouse pointer is on is automatically activated.
+--- When changing the window layout or window focus in another way, the
+--- mouse pointer is moved to the window with keyboard focus.  Off is the
+--- default because it makes using the pull down menus a little goofy, as
+--- a pointer transit may activate a window unintentionally.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.mousefocus = false
+vim.o.mousef = vim.o.mousefocus
+vim.go.mousefocus = vim.o.mousefocus
+vim.go.mousef = vim.go.mousefocus
+
+--- 		only in the GUI
+--- When on, the mouse pointer is hidden when characters are typed.
+--- The mouse pointer is restored when the mouse is moved.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.mousehide = true
+vim.o.mh = vim.o.mousehide
+vim.go.mousehide = vim.o.mousehide
+vim.go.mh = vim.go.mousehide
+
+--- Sets the model to use for the mouse.  The name mostly specifies what
+--- the right mouse button is used for:
+---    extend	Right mouse button extends a selection.  This works
+--- 		like in an xterm.
+---    popup	Right mouse button pops up a menu.  The shifted left
+--- 		mouse button extends a selection.  This works like
+--- 		with Microsoft Windows.
+---    popup_setpos Like "popup", but the cursor will be moved to the
+--- 		position where the mouse was clicked, and thus the
+--- 		selected operation will act upon the clicked object.
+--- 		If clicking inside a selection, that selection will
+--- 		be acted upon, i.e. no cursor move.  This implies of
+--- 		course, that right clicking outside a selection will
+--- 		end Visual mode.
+--- Overview of what button does what for each model:
+--- mouse		    extend		popup(_setpos) ~
+--- left click	    place cursor	place cursor
+--- left drag	    start selection	start selection
+--- shift-left	    search word		extend selection
+--- right click	    extend selection	popup menu (place cursor)
+--- right drag	    extend selection	-
+--- middle click	    paste		paste
+---
+--- In the "popup" model the right mouse button produces a pop-up menu.
+--- Nvim creates a default `popup-menu` but you can redefine it.
+---
+--- Note that you can further refine the meaning of buttons with mappings.
+--- See `mouse-overview`.  But mappings are NOT used for modeless selection.
+---
+--- Example:
+--- ```
+---    :map <S-LeftMouse>     <RightMouse>
+---    :map <S-LeftDrag>      <RightDrag>
+---    :map <S-LeftRelease>   <RightRelease>
+---    :map <2-S-LeftMouse>   <2-RightMouse>
+---    :map <2-S-LeftDrag>    <2-RightDrag>
+---    :map <2-S-LeftRelease> <2-RightRelease>
+---    :map <3-S-LeftMouse>   <3-RightMouse>
+---    :map <3-S-LeftDrag>    <3-RightDrag>
+---    :map <3-S-LeftRelease> <3-RightRelease>
+---    :map <4-S-LeftMouse>   <4-RightMouse>
+---    :map <4-S-LeftDrag>    <4-RightDrag>
+---    :map <4-S-LeftRelease> <4-RightRelease>
+--- ```
+---
+--- Mouse commands requiring the CTRL modifier can be simulated by typing
+--- the "g" key before using the mouse:
+---     "g<LeftMouse>"  is "<C-LeftMouse>	(jump to tag under mouse click)
+---     "g<RightMouse>" is "<C-RightMouse>	("CTRL-T")
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.mousemodel = "popup_setpos"
+vim.o.mousem = vim.o.mousemodel
+vim.go.mousemodel = vim.o.mousemodel
+vim.go.mousem = vim.go.mousemodel
+
+--- When on, mouse move events are delivered to the input queue and are
+--- available for mapping. The default, off, avoids the mouse movement
+--- overhead except when needed.
+--- Warning: Setting this option can make pending mappings to be aborted
+--- when the mouse is moved.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.mousemoveevent = false
+vim.o.mousemev = vim.o.mousemoveevent
+vim.go.mousemoveevent = vim.o.mousemoveevent
+vim.go.mousemev = vim.go.mousemoveevent
+
+--- This option controls the number of lines / columns to scroll by when
+--- scrolling with a mouse wheel (`scroll-mouse-wheel`). The option is
+--- a comma-separated list. Each part consists of a direction and a count
+--- as follows:
+--- 	direction:count,direction:count
+--- Direction is one of either "hor" or "ver". "hor" controls horizontal
+--- scrolling and "ver" controls vertical scrolling. Count sets the amount
+--- to scroll by for the given direction, it should be a non negative
+--- integer. Each direction should be set at most once. If a direction
+--- is omitted, a default value is used (6 for horizontal scrolling and 3
+--- for vertical scrolling). You can disable mouse scrolling by using
+--- a count of 0.
+---
+--- Example:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set mousescroll=ver:5,hor:2
+--- ```
+--- Will make Nvim scroll 5 lines at a time when scrolling vertically, and
+--- scroll 2 columns at a time when scrolling horizontally.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.mousescroll = "ver:3,hor:6"
+vim.go.mousescroll = vim.o.mousescroll
+
+--- This option tells Vim what the mouse pointer should look like in
+--- different modes.  The option is a comma-separated list of parts, much
+--- like used for 'guicursor'.  Each part consist of a mode/location-list
+--- and an argument-list:
+--- 	mode-list:shape,mode-list:shape,..
+--- The mode-list is a dash separated list of these modes/locations:
+--- 		In a normal window: ~
+--- 	n	Normal mode
+--- 	v	Visual mode
+--- 	ve	Visual mode with 'selection' "exclusive" (same as 'v',
+--- 		if not specified)
+--- 	o	Operator-pending mode
+--- 	i	Insert mode
+--- 	r	Replace mode
+---
+--- 		Others: ~
+--- 	c	appending to the command-line
+--- 	ci	inserting in the command-line
+--- 	cr	replacing in the command-line
+--- 	m	at the 'Hit ENTER' or 'More' prompts
+--- 	ml	idem, but cursor in the last line
+--- 	e	any mode, pointer below last window
+--- 	s	any mode, pointer on a status line
+--- 	sd	any mode, while dragging a status line
+--- 	vs	any mode, pointer on a vertical separator line
+--- 	vd	any mode, while dragging a vertical separator line
+--- 	a	everywhere
+---
+--- The shape is one of the following:
+--- avail	name		looks like ~
+--- w x	arrow		Normal mouse pointer
+--- w x	blank		no pointer at all (use with care!)
+--- w x	beam		I-beam
+--- w x	updown		up-down sizing arrows
+--- w x	leftright	left-right sizing arrows
+--- w x	busy		The system's usual busy pointer
+--- w x	no		The system's usual "no input" pointer
+---   x	udsizing	indicates up-down resizing
+---   x	lrsizing	indicates left-right resizing
+---   x	crosshair	like a big thin +
+---   x	hand1		black hand
+---   x	hand2		white hand
+---   x	pencil		what you write with
+---   x	question	big ?
+---   x	rightup-arrow	arrow pointing right-up
+--- w x	up-arrow	arrow pointing up
+---   x	<number>	any X11 pointer number (see X11/cursorfont.h)
+---
+--- The "avail" column contains a 'w' if the shape is available for Win32,
+--- x for X11.
+--- Any modes not specified or shapes not available use the normal mouse
+--- pointer.
+---
+--- Example:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set mouseshape=s:udsizing,m:no
+--- ```
+--- will make the mouse turn to a sizing arrow over the status lines and
+--- indicate no input when the hit-enter prompt is displayed (since
+--- clicking the mouse has no effect in this state.)
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.mouseshape = ""
+vim.o.mouses = vim.o.mouseshape
+vim.go.mouseshape = vim.o.mouseshape
+vim.go.mouses = vim.go.mouseshape
+
+--- Defines the maximum time in msec between two mouse clicks for the
+--- second click to be recognized as a multi click.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.mousetime = 500
+vim.o.mouset = vim.o.mousetime
+vim.go.mousetime = vim.o.mousetime
+vim.go.mouset = vim.go.mousetime
+
+--- This defines what bases Vim will consider for numbers when using the
+--- CTRL-A and CTRL-X commands for adding to and subtracting from a number
+--- respectively; see `CTRL-A` for more info on these commands.
+--- alpha	If included, single alphabetical characters will be
+--- 	incremented or decremented.  This is useful for a list with a
+--- 	letter index a), b), etc.		*octal-nrformats*
+--- octal	If included, numbers that start with a zero will be considered
+--- 	to be octal.  Example: Using CTRL-A on "007" results in "010".
+--- hex	If included, numbers starting with "0x" or "0X" will be
+--- 	considered to be hexadecimal.  Example: Using CTRL-X on
+--- 	"0x100" results in "0x0ff".
+--- bin	If included, numbers starting with "0b" or "0B" will be
+--- 	considered to be binary.  Example: Using CTRL-X on
+--- 	"0b1000" subtracts one, resulting in "0b0111".
+--- unsigned    If included, numbers are recognized as unsigned. Thus a
+--- 	leading dash or negative sign won't be considered as part of
+--- 	the number.  Examples:
+--- 	    Using CTRL-X on "2020" in "9-2020" results in "9-2019"
+--- 	    (without "unsigned" it would become "9-2021").
+--- 	    Using CTRL-A on "2020" in "9-2020" results in "9-2021"
+--- 	    (without "unsigned" it would become "9-2019").
+--- 	    Using CTRL-X on "0" or CTRL-A on "18446744073709551615"
+--- 	    (2^64 - 1) has no effect, overflow is prevented.
+--- Numbers which simply begin with a digit in the range 1-9 are always
+--- considered decimal.  This also happens for numbers that are not
+--- recognized as octal or hex.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.nrformats = "bin,hex"
+vim.o.nf = vim.o.nrformats
+vim.bo.nrformats = vim.o.nrformats
+vim.bo.nf = vim.bo.nrformats
+
+--- Print the line number in front of each line.  When the 'n' option is
+--- excluded from 'cpoptions' a wrapped line will not use the column of
+--- line numbers.
+--- Use the 'numberwidth' option to adjust the room for the line number.
+--- When a long, wrapped line doesn't start with the first character, '-'
+--- characters are put before the number.
+--- For highlighting see `hl-LineNr`, `hl-CursorLineNr`, and the
+--- `:sign-define` "numhl" argument.
+--- 					*number_relativenumber*
+--- The 'relativenumber' option changes the displayed number to be
+--- relative to the cursor.  Together with 'number' there are these
+--- four combinations (cursor in line 3):
+---
+--- 	'nonu'          'nu'            'nonu'          'nu'
+--- 	'nornu'         'nornu'         'rnu'           'rnu'
+--- ```
+---     |apple          |  1 apple      |  2 apple      |  2 apple
+---     |pear           |  2 pear       |  1 pear       |  1 pear
+---     |nobody         |  3 nobody     |  0 nobody     |3   nobody
+---     |there          |  4 there      |  1 there      |  1 there
+--- ```
+---
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.number = false
+vim.o.nu = vim.o.number
+vim.wo.number = vim.o.number
+vim.wo.nu = vim.wo.number
+
+--- Minimal number of columns to use for the line number.  Only relevant
+--- when the 'number' or 'relativenumber' option is set or printing lines
+--- with a line number. Since one space is always between the number and
+--- the text, there is one less character for the number itself.
+--- The value is the minimum width.  A bigger width is used when needed to
+--- fit the highest line number in the buffer respectively the number of
+--- rows in the window, depending on whether 'number' or 'relativenumber'
+--- is set. Thus with the Vim default of 4 there is room for a line number
+--- up to 999. When the buffer has 1000 lines five columns will be used.
+--- The minimum value is 1, the maximum value is 20.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.numberwidth = 4
+vim.o.nuw = vim.o.numberwidth
+vim.wo.numberwidth = vim.o.numberwidth
+vim.wo.nuw = vim.wo.numberwidth
+
+--- This option specifies a function to be used for Insert mode omni
+--- completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O. `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-O`
+--- See `complete-functions` for an explanation of how the function is
+--- invoked and what it should return.  The value can be the name of a
+--- function, a `lambda` or a `Funcref`. See `option-value-function` for
+--- more information.
+--- This option is usually set by a filetype plugin:
+--- `:filetype-plugin-on`
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.omnifunc = ""
+vim.o.ofu = vim.o.omnifunc
+vim.bo.omnifunc = vim.o.omnifunc
+vim.bo.ofu = vim.bo.omnifunc
+
+--- 		only for Windows
+--- Enable reading and writing from devices.  This may get Vim stuck on a
+--- device that can be opened but doesn't actually do the I/O.  Therefore
+--- it is off by default.
+--- Note that on Windows editing "aux.h", "lpt1.txt" and the like also
+--- result in editing a device.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.opendevice = false
+vim.o.odev = vim.o.opendevice
+vim.go.opendevice = vim.o.opendevice
+vim.go.odev = vim.go.opendevice
+
+--- This option specifies a function to be called by the `g@` operator.
+--- See `:map-operator` for more info and an example.  The value can be
+--- the name of a function, a `lambda` or a `Funcref`. See
+--- `option-value-function` for more information.
+---
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.operatorfunc = ""
+vim.o.opfunc = vim.o.operatorfunc
+vim.go.operatorfunc = vim.o.operatorfunc
+vim.go.opfunc = vim.go.operatorfunc
+
+--- Directories used to find packages.
+--- See `packages` and `packages-runtimepath`.
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.packpath = "..."
+vim.o.pp = vim.o.packpath
+vim.go.packpath = vim.o.packpath
+vim.go.pp = vim.go.packpath
+
+--- Specifies the nroff macros that separate paragraphs.  These are pairs
+--- of two letters (see `object-motions`).
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.paragraphs = "IPLPPPQPP TPHPLIPpLpItpplpipbp"
+vim.o.para = vim.o.paragraphs
+vim.go.paragraphs = vim.o.paragraphs
+vim.go.para = vim.go.paragraphs
+
+--- Expression which is evaluated to apply a patch to a file and generate
+--- the resulting new version of the file.  See `diff-patchexpr`.
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.patchexpr = ""
+vim.o.pex = vim.o.patchexpr
+vim.go.patchexpr = vim.o.patchexpr
+vim.go.pex = vim.go.patchexpr
+
+--- When non-empty the oldest version of a file is kept.  This can be used
+--- to keep the original version of a file if you are changing files in a
+--- source distribution.  Only the first time that a file is written a
+--- copy of the original file will be kept.  The name of the copy is the
+--- name of the original file with the string in the 'patchmode' option
+--- appended.  This option should start with a dot.  Use a string like
+--- ".orig" or ".org".  'backupdir' must not be empty for this to work
+--- (Detail: The backup file is renamed to the patchmode file after the
+--- new file has been successfully written, that's why it must be possible
+--- to write a backup file).  If there was no file to be backed up, an
+--- empty file is created.
+--- When the 'backupskip' pattern matches, a patchmode file is not made.
+--- Using 'patchmode' for compressed files appends the extension at the
+--- end (e.g., "file.gz.orig"), thus the resulting name isn't always
+--- recognized as a compressed file.
+--- Only normal file name characters can be used, `/\*?[|<>` are illegal.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.patchmode = ""
+vim.o.pm = vim.o.patchmode
+vim.go.patchmode = vim.o.patchmode
+vim.go.pm = vim.go.patchmode
+
+--- This is a list of directories which will be searched when using the
+--- `gf`, [f, ]f, ^Wf, `:find`, `:sfind`, `:tabfind` and other commands,
+--- provided that the file being searched for has a relative path (not
+--- starting with "/", "./" or "../").  The directories in the 'path'
+--- option may be relative or absolute.
+--- - Use commas to separate directory names:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set path=.,/usr/local/include,/usr/include
+--- ```
+--- - Spaces can also be used to separate directory names.  To have a
+---   space in a directory name, precede it with an extra backslash, and
+---   escape the space:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set path=.,/dir/with\\\ space
+--- ```
+--- - To include a comma in a directory name precede it with an extra
+---   backslash:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set path=.,/dir/with\\,comma
+--- ```
+--- - To search relative to the directory of the current file, use:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set path=.
+--- ```
+--- - To search in the current directory use an empty string between two
+---   commas:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set path=,,
+--- ```
+--- - A directory name may end in a ':' or '/'.
+--- - Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
+--- - When using `netrw.vim` URLs can be used.  For example, adding
+---   "https://www.vim.org" will make ":find index.html" work.
+--- - Search upwards and downwards in a directory tree using "*", "**" and
+---   ";".  See `file-searching` for info and syntax.
+--- - Careful with '\' characters, type two to get one in the option:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set path=.,c:\\include
+--- ```
+--- Or just use '/' instead:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set path=.,c:/include
+--- ```
+--- Don't forget "." or files won't even be found in the same directory as
+--- the file!
+--- The maximum length is limited.  How much depends on the system, mostly
+--- it is something like 256 or 1024 characters.
+--- You can check if all the include files are found, using the value of
+--- 'path', see `:checkpath`.
+--- The use of `:set+=` and `:set-=` is preferred when adding or removing
+--- directories from the list.  This avoids problems when a future version
+--- uses another default.  To remove the current directory use:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set path-=
+--- ```
+--- To add the current directory use:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set path+=
+--- ```
+--- To use an environment variable, you probably need to replace the
+--- separator.  Here is an example to append $INCL, in which directory
+--- names are separated with a semi-colon:
+--- ```
+--- 	:let &path = &path .. "," .. substitute($INCL, ';', ',', 'g')
+--- ```
+--- Replace the ';' with a ':' or whatever separator is used.  Note that
+--- this doesn't work when $INCL contains a comma or white space.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.path = ".,,"
+vim.o.pa = vim.o.path
+vim.bo.path = vim.o.path
+vim.bo.pa = vim.bo.path
+vim.go.path = vim.o.path
+vim.go.pa = vim.go.path
+
+--- When changing the indent of the current line, preserve as much of the
+--- indent structure as possible.  Normally the indent is replaced by a
+--- series of tabs followed by spaces as required (unless `'expandtab'` is
+--- enabled, in which case only spaces are used).  Enabling this option
+--- means the indent will preserve as many existing characters as possible
+--- for indenting, and only add additional tabs or spaces as required.
+--- 'expandtab' does not apply to the preserved white space, a Tab remains
+--- a Tab.
+--- NOTE: When using ">>" multiple times the resulting indent is a mix of
+--- tabs and spaces.  You might not like this.
+--- Also see 'copyindent'.
+--- Use `:retab` to clean up white space.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.preserveindent = false
+vim.o.pi = vim.o.preserveindent
+vim.bo.preserveindent = vim.o.preserveindent
+vim.bo.pi = vim.bo.preserveindent
+
+--- Default height for a preview window.  Used for `:ptag` and associated
+--- commands.  Used for `CTRL-W_}` when no count is given.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.previewheight = 12
+vim.o.pvh = vim.o.previewheight
+vim.go.previewheight = vim.o.previewheight
+vim.go.pvh = vim.go.previewheight
+
+--- Identifies the preview window.  Only one window can have this option
+--- set.  It's normally not set directly, but by using one of the commands
+--- `:ptag`, `:pedit`, etc.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.previewwindow = false
+vim.o.pvw = vim.o.previewwindow
+vim.wo.previewwindow = vim.o.previewwindow
+vim.wo.pvw = vim.wo.previewwindow
+
+--- Enables pseudo-transparency for the `popup-menu`. Valid values are in
+--- the range of 0 for fully opaque popupmenu (disabled) to 100 for fully
+--- transparent background. Values between 0-30 are typically most useful.
+---
+--- It is possible to override the level for individual highlights within
+--- the popupmenu using `highlight-blend`. For instance, to enable
+--- transparency but force the current selected element to be fully opaque:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set pumblend=15
+--- 	:hi PmenuSel blend=0
+--- ```
+---
+--- UI-dependent. Works best with RGB colors. 'termguicolors'
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.pumblend = 0
+vim.o.pb = vim.o.pumblend
+vim.go.pumblend = vim.o.pumblend
+vim.go.pb = vim.go.pumblend
+
+--- Maximum number of items to show in the popup menu
+--- (`ins-completion-menu`). Zero means "use available screen space".
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.pumheight = 0
+vim.o.ph = vim.o.pumheight
+vim.go.pumheight = vim.o.pumheight
+vim.go.ph = vim.go.pumheight
+
+--- Minimum width for the popup menu (`ins-completion-menu`).  If the
+--- cursor column + 'pumwidth' exceeds screen width, the popup menu is
+--- nudged to fit on the screen.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.pumwidth = 15
+vim.o.pw = vim.o.pumwidth
+vim.go.pumwidth = vim.o.pumwidth
+vim.go.pw = vim.go.pumwidth
+
+--- Specifies the python version used for pyx* functions and commands
+--- `python_x`.  As only Python 3 is supported, this always has the value
+--- `3`. Setting any other value is an error.
+---
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.pyxversion = 3
+vim.o.pyx = vim.o.pyxversion
+vim.go.pyxversion = vim.o.pyxversion
+vim.go.pyx = vim.go.pyxversion
+
+--- This option specifies a function to be used to get the text to display
+--- in the quickfix and location list windows.  This can be used to
+--- customize the information displayed in the quickfix or location window
+--- for each entry in the corresponding quickfix or location list.  See
+--- `quickfix-window-function` for an explanation of how to write the
+--- function and an example.  The value can be the name of a function, a
+--- `lambda` or a `Funcref`. See `option-value-function` for more
+--- information.
+---
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.quickfixtextfunc = ""
+vim.o.qftf = vim.o.quickfixtextfunc
+vim.go.quickfixtextfunc = vim.o.quickfixtextfunc
+vim.go.qftf = vim.go.quickfixtextfunc
+
+--- The characters that are used to escape quotes in a string.  Used for
+--- objects like a', a" and a` `a'`.
+--- When one of the characters in this option is found inside a string,
+--- the following character will be skipped.  The default value makes the
+--- text "foo\"bar\\" considered to be one string.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.quoteescape = "\\"
+vim.o.qe = vim.o.quoteescape
+vim.bo.quoteescape = vim.o.quoteescape
+vim.bo.qe = vim.bo.quoteescape
+
+--- If on, writes fail unless you use a '!'.  Protects you from
+--- accidentally overwriting a file.  Default on when Vim is started
+--- in read-only mode ("vim -R") or when the executable is called "view".
+--- When using ":w!" the 'readonly' option is reset for the current
+--- buffer, unless the 'Z' flag is in 'cpoptions'.
+--- When using the ":view" command the 'readonly' option is set for the
+--- newly edited buffer.
+--- See 'modifiable' for disallowing changes to the buffer.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.readonly = false
+vim.o.ro = vim.o.readonly
+vim.bo.readonly = vim.o.readonly
+vim.bo.ro = vim.bo.readonly
+
+--- Flags to change the way redrawing works, for debugging purposes.
+--- Most useful with 'writedelay' set to some reasonable value.
+--- Supports the following flags:
+---     compositor	Indicate each redraw event handled by the compositor
+--- 		by briefly flashing the redrawn regions in colors
+--- 		indicating the redraw type. These are the highlight
+--- 		groups used (and their default colors):
+--- 	RedrawDebugNormal   gui=reverse   normal redraw passed through
+--- 	RedrawDebugClear    guibg=Yellow  clear event passed through
+--- 	RedrawDebugComposed guibg=Green   redraw event modified by the
+--- 					  compositor (due to
+--- 					  overlapping grids, etc)
+--- 	RedrawDebugRecompose guibg=Red    redraw generated by the
+--- 					  compositor itself, due to a
+--- 					  grid being moved or deleted.
+---     line	introduce a delay after each line drawn on the screen.
+--- 		When using the TUI or another single-grid UI, "compositor"
+--- 		gives more information and should be preferred (every
+--- 		line is processed as a separate event by the compositor)
+---     flush	introduce a delay after each "flush" event.
+---     nothrottle	Turn off throttling of the message grid. This is an
+--- 		optimization that joins many small scrolls to one
+--- 		larger scroll when drawing the message area (with
+--- 		'display' msgsep flag active).
+---     invalid	Enable stricter checking (abort) of inconsistencies
+--- 		of the internal screen state. This is mostly
+--- 		useful when running nvim inside a debugger (and
+--- 		the test suite).
+---     nodelta	Send all internally redrawn cells to the UI, even if
+--- 		they are unchanged from the already displayed state.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.redrawdebug = ""
+vim.o.rdb = vim.o.redrawdebug
+vim.go.redrawdebug = vim.o.redrawdebug
+vim.go.rdb = vim.go.redrawdebug
+
+--- Time in milliseconds for redrawing the display.  Applies to
+--- 'hlsearch', 'inccommand', `:match` highlighting and syntax
+--- highlighting.
+--- When redrawing takes more than this many milliseconds no further
+--- matches will be highlighted.
+--- For syntax highlighting the time applies per window.  When over the
+--- limit syntax highlighting is disabled until `CTRL-L` is used.
+--- This is used to avoid that Vim hangs when using a very complicated
+--- pattern.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.redrawtime = 2000
+vim.o.rdt = vim.o.redrawtime
+vim.go.redrawtime = vim.o.redrawtime
+vim.go.rdt = vim.go.redrawtime
+
+--- This selects the default regexp engine. `two-engines`
+--- The possible values are:
+--- 	0	automatic selection
+--- 	1	old engine
+--- 	2	NFA engine
+--- Note that when using the NFA engine and the pattern contains something
+--- that is not supported the pattern will not match.  This is only useful
+--- for debugging the regexp engine.
+--- Using automatic selection enables Vim to switch the engine, if the
+--- default engine becomes too costly.  E.g., when the NFA engine uses too
+--- many states.  This should prevent Vim from hanging on a combination of
+--- a complex pattern with long text.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.regexpengine = 0
+vim.o.re = vim.o.regexpengine
+vim.go.regexpengine = vim.o.regexpengine
+vim.go.re = vim.go.regexpengine
+
+--- Show the line number relative to the line with the cursor in front of
+--- each line. Relative line numbers help you use the `count` you can
+--- precede some vertical motion commands (e.g. j k + -) with, without
+--- having to calculate it yourself. Especially useful in combination with
+--- other commands (e.g. y d c < > gq gw =).
+--- When the 'n' option is excluded from 'cpoptions' a wrapped
+--- line will not use the column of line numbers.
+--- The 'numberwidth' option can be used to set the room used for the line
+--- number.
+--- When a long, wrapped line doesn't start with the first character, '-'
+--- characters are put before the number.
+--- See `hl-LineNr`  and `hl-CursorLineNr` for the highlighting used for
+--- the number.
+---
+--- The number in front of the cursor line also depends on the value of
+--- 'number', see `number_relativenumber` for all combinations of the two
+--- options.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.relativenumber = false
+vim.o.rnu = vim.o.relativenumber
+vim.wo.relativenumber = vim.o.relativenumber
+vim.wo.rnu = vim.wo.relativenumber
+
+--- Threshold for reporting number of lines changed.  When the number of
+--- changed lines is more than 'report' a message will be given for most
+--- ":" commands.  If you want it always, set 'report' to 0.
+--- For the ":substitute" command the number of substitutions is used
+--- instead of the number of lines.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.report = 2
+vim.go.report = vim.o.report
+
+--- Inserting characters in Insert mode will work backwards.  See "typing
+--- backwards" `ins-reverse`.  This option can be toggled with the CTRL-_
+--- command in Insert mode, when 'allowrevins' is set.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.revins = false
+vim.o.ri = vim.o.revins
+vim.go.revins = vim.o.revins
+vim.go.ri = vim.go.revins
+
+--- When on, display orientation becomes right-to-left, i.e., characters
+--- that are stored in the file appear from the right to the left.
+--- Using this option, it is possible to edit files for languages that
+--- are written from the right to the left such as Hebrew and Arabic.
+--- This option is per window, so it is possible to edit mixed files
+--- simultaneously, or to view the same file in both ways (this is
+--- useful whenever you have a mixed text file with both right-to-left
+--- and left-to-right strings so that both sets are displayed properly
+--- in different windows).  Also see `rileft.txt`.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.rightleft = false
+vim.o.rl = vim.o.rightleft
+vim.wo.rightleft = vim.o.rightleft
+vim.wo.rl = vim.wo.rightleft
+
+--- Each word in this option enables the command line editing to work in
+--- right-to-left mode for a group of commands:
+---
+--- 	search		"/" and "?" commands
+---
+--- This is useful for languages such as Hebrew, Arabic and Farsi.
+--- The 'rightleft' option must be set for 'rightleftcmd' to take effect.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.rightleftcmd = "search"
+vim.o.rlc = vim.o.rightleftcmd
+vim.wo.rightleftcmd = vim.o.rightleftcmd
+vim.wo.rlc = vim.wo.rightleftcmd
+
+--- Show the line and column number of the cursor position, separated by a
+--- comma.  When there is room, the relative position of the displayed
+--- text in the file is shown on the far right:
+--- 	Top	first line is visible
+--- 	Bot	last line is visible
+--- 	All	first and last line are visible
+--- 	45%	relative position in the file
+--- If 'rulerformat' is set, it will determine the contents of the ruler.
+--- Each window has its own ruler.  If a window has a status line, the
+--- ruler is shown there.  If a window doesn't have a status line and
+--- 'cmdheight' is zero, the ruler is not shown.  Otherwise it is shown in
+--- the last line of the screen.  If the statusline is given by
+--- 'statusline' (i.e. not empty), this option takes precedence over
+--- 'ruler' and 'rulerformat'.
+--- If the number of characters displayed is different from the number of
+--- bytes in the text (e.g., for a TAB or a multibyte character), both
+--- the text column (byte number) and the screen column are shown,
+--- separated with a dash.
+--- For an empty line "0-1" is shown.
+--- For an empty buffer the line number will also be zero: "0,0-1".
+--- If you don't want to see the ruler all the time but want to know where
+--- you are, use "g CTRL-G" `g_CTRL-G`.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.ruler = true
+vim.o.ru = vim.o.ruler
+vim.go.ruler = vim.o.ruler
+vim.go.ru = vim.go.ruler
+
+--- When this option is not empty, it determines the content of the ruler
+--- string, as displayed for the 'ruler' option.
+--- The format of this option is like that of 'statusline'.
+--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
+---
+--- The default ruler width is 17 characters.  To make the ruler 15
+--- characters wide, put "%15(" at the start and "%)" at the end.
+--- Example:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set rulerformat=%15(%c%V\ %p%%%)
+--- ```
+---
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.rulerformat = ""
+vim.o.ruf = vim.o.rulerformat
+vim.go.rulerformat = vim.o.rulerformat
+vim.go.ruf = vim.go.rulerformat
+
+--- List of directories to be searched for these runtime files:
+---   filetype.lua	filetypes `new-filetype`
+---   autoload/	automatically loaded scripts `autoload-functions`
+---   colors/	color scheme files `:colorscheme`
+---   compiler/	compiler files `:compiler`
+---   doc/		documentation `write-local-help`
+---   ftplugin/	filetype plugins `write-filetype-plugin`
+---   indent/	indent scripts `indent-expression`
+---   keymap/	key mapping files `mbyte-keymap`
+---   lang/		menu translations `:menutrans`
+---   lua/		`Lua` plugins
+---   menu.vim	GUI menus `menu.vim`
+---   pack/		packages `:packadd`
+---   parser/	`treesitter` syntax parsers
+---   plugin/	plugin scripts `write-plugin`
+---   queries/	`treesitter` queries
+---   rplugin/	`remote-plugin` scripts
+---   spell/	spell checking files `spell`
+---   syntax/	syntax files `mysyntaxfile`
+---   tutor/	tutorial files `:Tutor`
+---
+--- And any other file searched for with the `:runtime` command.
+---
+--- Defaults are setup to search these locations:
+--- 1. Your home directory, for personal preferences.
+---    Given by `stdpath("config")`.  `$XDG_CONFIG_HOME`
+--- 2. Directories which must contain configuration files according to
+---    `xdg` ($XDG_CONFIG_DIRS, defaults to /etc/xdg).  This also contains
+---    preferences from system administrator.
+--- 3. Data home directory, for plugins installed by user.
+---    Given by `stdpath("data")/site`.  `$XDG_DATA_HOME`
+--- 4. nvim/site subdirectories for each directory in $XDG_DATA_DIRS.
+---    This is for plugins which were installed by system administrator,
+---    but are not part of the Nvim distribution. XDG_DATA_DIRS defaults
+---    to /usr/local/share/:/usr/share/, so system administrators are
+---    expected to install site plugins to /usr/share/nvim/site.
+--- 5. Session state directory, for state data such as swap, backupdir,
+---    viewdir, undodir, etc.
+---    Given by `stdpath("state")`.  `$XDG_STATE_HOME`
+--- 6. $VIMRUNTIME, for files distributed with Nvim.
+--- 						*after-directory*
+--- 7, 8, 9, 10. In after/ subdirectories of 1, 2, 3 and 4, with reverse
+---    ordering.  This is for preferences to overrule or add to the
+---    distributed defaults or system-wide settings (rarely needed).
+---
+--- 						*packages-runtimepath*
+--- "start" packages will also be searched (`runtime-search-path`) for
+--- runtime files after these, though such packages are not explicitly
+--- reported in &runtimepath. But "opt" packages are explicitly added to
+--- &runtimepath by `:packadd`.
+---
+--- Note that, unlike 'path', no wildcards like "**" are allowed.  Normal
+--- wildcards are allowed, but can significantly slow down searching for
+--- runtime files.  For speed, use as few items as possible and avoid
+--- wildcards.
+--- See `:runtime`.
+--- Example:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set runtimepath=~/vimruntime,/mygroup/vim,$VIMRUNTIME
+--- ```
+--- This will use the directory "~/vimruntime" first (containing your
+--- personal Nvim runtime files), then "/mygroup/vim", and finally
+--- "$VIMRUNTIME" (the default runtime files).
+--- You can put a directory before $VIMRUNTIME to find files which replace
+--- distributed runtime files.  You can put a directory after $VIMRUNTIME
+--- to find files which add to distributed runtime files.
+---
+--- With `--clean` the home directory entries are not included.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.runtimepath = "..."
+vim.o.rtp = vim.o.runtimepath
+vim.go.runtimepath = vim.o.runtimepath
+vim.go.rtp = vim.go.runtimepath
+
+--- Number of lines to scroll with CTRL-U and CTRL-D commands.  Will be
+--- set to half the number of lines in the window when the window size
+--- changes.  This may happen when enabling the `status-line` or
+--- 'tabline' option after setting the 'scroll' option.
+--- If you give a count to the CTRL-U or CTRL-D command it will
+--- be used as the new value for 'scroll'.  Reset to half the window
+--- height with ":set scroll=0".
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.scroll = 0
+vim.o.scr = vim.o.scroll
+vim.wo.scroll = vim.o.scroll
+vim.wo.scr = vim.wo.scroll
+
+--- Maximum number of lines kept beyond the visible screen. Lines at the
+--- top are deleted if new lines exceed this limit.
+--- Minimum is 1, maximum is 100000.
+--- Only in `terminal` buffers.
+---
+--- Note: Lines that are not visible and kept in scrollback are not
+--- reflown when the terminal buffer is resized horizontally.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.scrollback = -1
+vim.o.scbk = vim.o.scrollback
+vim.bo.scrollback = vim.o.scrollback
+vim.bo.scbk = vim.bo.scrollback
+
+--- See also `scroll-binding`.  When this option is set, scrolling the
+--- current window also scrolls other scrollbind windows (windows that
+--- also have this option set).  This option is useful for viewing the
+--- differences between two versions of a file, see 'diff'.
+--- See `'scrollopt'` for options that determine how this option should be
+--- interpreted.
+--- This option is mostly reset when splitting a window to edit another
+--- file.  This means that ":split | edit file" results in two windows
+--- with scroll-binding, but ":split file" does not.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.scrollbind = false
+vim.o.scb = vim.o.scrollbind
+vim.wo.scrollbind = vim.o.scrollbind
+vim.wo.scb = vim.wo.scrollbind
+
+--- Minimal number of lines to scroll when the cursor gets off the
+--- screen (e.g., with "j").  Not used for scroll commands (e.g., CTRL-E,
+--- CTRL-D).  Useful if your terminal scrolls very slowly.
+--- When set to a negative number from -1 to -100 this is used as the
+--- percentage of the window height.  Thus -50 scrolls half the window
+--- height.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.scrolljump = 1
+vim.o.sj = vim.o.scrolljump
+vim.go.scrolljump = vim.o.scrolljump
+vim.go.sj = vim.go.scrolljump
+
+--- Minimal number of screen lines to keep above and below the cursor.
+--- This will make some context visible around where you are working.  If
+--- you set it to a very large value (999) the cursor line will always be
+--- in the middle of the window (except at the start or end of the file or
+--- when long lines wrap).
+--- After using the local value, go back the global value with one of
+--- these two:
+--- ```
+--- 	setlocal scrolloff<
+--- 	setlocal scrolloff=-1
+--- ```
+--- For scrolling horizontally see 'sidescrolloff'.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.scrolloff = 0
+vim.o.so = vim.o.scrolloff
+vim.wo.scrolloff = vim.o.scrolloff
+vim.wo.so = vim.wo.scrolloff
+vim.go.scrolloff = vim.o.scrolloff
+vim.go.so = vim.go.scrolloff
+
+--- This is a comma-separated list of words that specifies how
+--- 'scrollbind' windows should behave.  'sbo' stands for ScrollBind
+--- Options.
+--- The following words are available:
+---     ver		Bind vertical scrolling for 'scrollbind' windows
+---     hor		Bind horizontal scrolling for 'scrollbind' windows
+---     jump	Applies to the offset between two windows for vertical
+--- 		scrolling.  This offset is the difference in the first
+--- 		displayed line of the bound windows.  When moving
+--- 		around in a window, another 'scrollbind' window may
+--- 		reach a position before the start or after the end of
+--- 		the buffer.  The offset is not changed though, when
+--- 		moving back the 'scrollbind' window will try to scroll
+--- 		to the desired position when possible.
+--- 		When now making that window the current one, two
+--- 		things can be done with the relative offset:
+--- 		1. When "jump" is not included, the relative offset is
+--- 		   adjusted for the scroll position in the new current
+--- 		   window.  When going back to the other window, the
+--- 		   new relative offset will be used.
+--- 		2. When "jump" is included, the other windows are
+--- 		   scrolled to keep the same relative offset.  When
+--- 		   going back to the other window, it still uses the
+--- 		   same relative offset.
+--- Also see `scroll-binding`.
+--- When 'diff' mode is active there always is vertical scroll binding,
+--- even when "ver" isn't there.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.scrollopt = "ver,jump"
+vim.o.sbo = vim.o.scrollopt
+vim.go.scrollopt = vim.o.scrollopt
+vim.go.sbo = vim.go.scrollopt
+
+--- Specifies the nroff macros that separate sections.  These are pairs of
+--- two letters (See `object-motions`).  The default makes a section start
+--- at the nroff macros ".SH", ".NH", ".H", ".HU", ".nh" and ".sh".
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.sections = "SHNHH HUnhsh"
+vim.o.sect = vim.o.sections
+vim.go.sections = vim.o.sections
+vim.go.sect = vim.go.sections
+
+--- This option defines the behavior of the selection.  It is only used
+--- in Visual and Select mode.
+--- Possible values:
+---    value	past line     inclusive ~
+---    old		   no		yes
+---    inclusive	   yes		yes
+---    exclusive	   yes		no
+--- "past line" means that the cursor is allowed to be positioned one
+--- character past the line.
+--- "inclusive" means that the last character of the selection is included
+--- in an operation.  For example, when "x" is used to delete the
+--- selection.
+--- When "old" is used and 'virtualedit' allows the cursor to move past
+--- the end of line the line break still isn't included.
+--- Note that when "exclusive" is used and selecting from the end
+--- backwards, you cannot include the last character of a line, when
+--- starting in Normal mode and 'virtualedit' empty.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.selection = "inclusive"
+vim.o.sel = vim.o.selection
+vim.go.selection = vim.o.selection
+vim.go.sel = vim.go.selection
+
+--- This is a comma-separated list of words, which specifies when to start
+--- Select mode instead of Visual mode, when a selection is started.
+--- Possible values:
+---    mouse	when using the mouse
+---    key		when using shifted special keys
+---    cmd		when using "v", "V" or CTRL-V
+--- See `Select-mode`.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.selectmode = ""
+vim.o.slm = vim.o.selectmode
+vim.go.selectmode = vim.o.selectmode
+vim.go.slm = vim.go.selectmode
+
+--- Changes the effect of the `:mksession` command.  It is a comma-
+--- separated list of words.  Each word enables saving and restoring
+--- something:
+---    word		save and restore ~
+---    blank	empty windows
+---    buffers	hidden and unloaded buffers, not just those in windows
+---    curdir	the current directory
+---    folds	manually created folds, opened/closed folds and local
+--- 		fold options
+---    globals	global variables that start with an uppercase letter
+--- 		and contain at least one lowercase letter.  Only
+--- 		String and Number types are stored.
+---    help		the help window
+---    localoptions	options and mappings local to a window or buffer (not
+--- 		global values for local options)
+---    options	all options and mappings (also global values for local
+--- 		options)
+---    skiprtp	exclude 'runtimepath' and 'packpath' from the options
+---    resize	size of the Vim window: 'lines' and 'columns'
+---    sesdir	the directory in which the session file is located
+--- 		will become the current directory (useful with
+--- 		projects accessed over a network from different
+--- 		systems)
+---    tabpages	all tab pages; without this only the current tab page
+--- 		is restored, so that you can make a session for each
+--- 		tab page separately
+---    terminal	include terminal windows where the command can be
+--- 		restored
+---    winpos	position of the whole Vim window
+---    winsize	window sizes
+---    slash	`deprecated` Always enabled. Uses "/" in filenames.
+---    unix		`deprecated` Always enabled. Uses "\n" line endings.
+---
+--- Don't include both "curdir" and "sesdir". When neither is included
+--- filenames are stored as absolute paths.
+--- If you leave out "options" many things won't work well after restoring
+--- the session.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.sessionoptions = "blank,buffers,curdir,folds,help,tabpages,winsize,terminal"
+vim.o.ssop = vim.o.sessionoptions
+vim.go.sessionoptions = vim.o.sessionoptions
+vim.go.ssop = vim.go.sessionoptions
+
+--- When non-empty, the shada file is read upon startup and written
+--- when exiting Vim (see `shada-file`).  The string should be a comma-
+--- separated list of parameters, each consisting of a single character
+--- identifying the particular parameter, followed by a number or string
+--- which specifies the value of that parameter.  If a particular
+--- character is left out, then the default value is used for that
+--- parameter.  The following is a list of the identifying characters and
+--- the effect of their value.
+--- CHAR	VALUE	~
+--- 						*shada-!*
+--- !	When included, save and restore global variables that start
+--- 	with an uppercase letter, and don't contain a lowercase
+--- 	letter.  Thus "KEEPTHIS and "K_L_M" are stored, but "KeepThis"
+--- 	and "_K_L_M" are not.  Nested List and Dict items may not be
+--- 	read back correctly, you end up with an empty item.
+--- 						*shada-quote*
+--- "	Maximum number of lines saved for each register.  Old name of
+--- 	the '<' item, with the disadvantage that you need to put a
+--- 	backslash before the ", otherwise it will be recognized as the
+--- 	start of a comment!
+--- 						*shada-%*
+--- %	When included, save and restore the buffer list.  If Vim is
+--- 	started with a file name argument, the buffer list is not
+--- 	restored.  If Vim is started without a file name argument, the
+--- 	buffer list is restored from the shada file.  Quickfix
+--- 	('buftype'), unlisted ('buflisted'), unnamed and buffers on
+--- 	removable media (`shada-r`) are not saved.
+--- 	When followed by a number, the number specifies the maximum
+--- 	number of buffers that are stored.  Without a number all
+--- 	buffers are stored.
+--- 						*shada-'*
+--- '	Maximum number of previously edited files for which the marks
+--- 	are remembered.  This parameter must always be included when
+--- 	'shada' is non-empty.
+--- 	Including this item also means that the `jumplist` and the
+--- 	`changelist` are stored in the shada file.
+--- 						*shada-/*
+--- /	Maximum number of items in the search pattern history to be
+--- 	saved.  If non-zero, then the previous search and substitute
+--- 	patterns are also saved.  When not included, the value of
+--- 	'history' is used.
+--- 						*shada-:*
+--- :	Maximum number of items in the command-line history to be
+--- 	saved.  When not included, the value of 'history' is used.
+--- 						*shada-<*
+--- \<	Maximum number of lines saved for each register.  If zero then
+--- 	registers are not saved.  When not included, all lines are
+--- 	saved.  '"' is the old name for this item.
+--- 	Also see the 's' item below: limit specified in KiB.
+--- 						*shada-@*
+--- @	Maximum number of items in the input-line history to be
+--- 	saved.  When not included, the value of 'history' is used.
+--- 						*shada-c*
+--- c	Dummy option, kept for compatibility reasons.  Has no actual
+--- 	effect: ShaDa always uses UTF-8 and 'encoding' value is fixed
+--- 	to UTF-8 as well.
+--- 						*shada-f*
+--- f	Whether file marks need to be stored.  If zero, file marks ('0
+--- 	to '9, 'A to 'Z) are not stored.  When not present or when
+--- 	non-zero, they are all stored.  '0 is used for the current
+--- 	cursor position (when exiting or when doing `:wshada`).
+--- 						*shada-h*
+--- h	Disable the effect of 'hlsearch' when loading the shada
+--- 	file.  When not included, it depends on whether ":nohlsearch"
+--- 	has been used since the last search command.
+--- 						*shada-n*
+--- n	Name of the shada file.  The name must immediately follow
+--- 	the 'n'.  Must be at the end of the option!  If the
+--- 	'shadafile' option is set, that file name overrides the one
+--- 	given here with 'shada'.  Environment variables are
+--- 	expanded when opening the file, not when setting the option.
+--- 						*shada-r*
+--- r	Removable media.  The argument is a string (up to the next
+--- 	',').  This parameter can be given several times.  Each
+--- 	specifies the start of a path for which no marks will be
+--- 	stored.  This is to avoid removable media.  For Windows you
+--- 	could use "ra:,rb:".  You can also use it for temp files,
+--- 	e.g., for Unix: "r/tmp".  Case is ignored.
+--- 						*shada-s*
+--- s	Maximum size of an item contents in KiB.  If zero then nothing
+--- 	is saved.  Unlike Vim this applies to all items, except for
+--- 	the buffer list and header.  Full item size is off by three
+--- 	unsigned integers: with `s10` maximum item size may be 1 byte
+--- 	(type: 7-bit integer) + 9 bytes (timestamp: up to 64-bit
+--- 	integer) + 3 bytes (item size: up to 16-bit integer because
+--- 	2^8 < 10240 < 2^16) + 10240 bytes (requested maximum item
+--- 	contents size) = 10253 bytes.
+---
+--- Example:
+--- ```
+---     :set shada='50,<1000,s100,:0,n~/nvim/shada
+--- ```
+---
+--- '50		Marks will be remembered for the last 50 files you
+--- 		edited.
+--- <1000		Contents of registers (up to 1000 lines each) will be
+--- 		remembered.
+--- s100		Items with contents occupying more then 100 KiB are
+--- 		skipped.
+--- :0		Command-line history will not be saved.
+--- n~/nvim/shada	The name of the file to use is "~/nvim/shada".
+--- no /		Since '/' is not specified, the default will be used,
+--- 		that is, save all of the search history, and also the
+--- 		previous search and substitute patterns.
+--- no %		The buffer list will not be saved nor read back.
+--- no h		'hlsearch' highlighting will be restored.
+---
+--- When setting 'shada' from an empty value you can use `:rshada` to
+--- load the contents of the file, this is not done automatically.
+---
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.shada = "!,'100,<50,s10,h"
+vim.o.sd = vim.o.shada
+vim.go.shada = vim.o.shada
+vim.go.sd = vim.go.shada
+
+--- When non-empty, overrides the file name used for `shada` (viminfo).
+--- When equal to "NONE" no shada file will be read or written.
+--- This option can be set with the `-i` command line flag.  The `--clean`
+--- command line flag sets it to "NONE".
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.shadafile = ""
+vim.o.sdf = vim.o.shadafile
+vim.go.shadafile = vim.o.shadafile
+vim.go.sdf = vim.go.shadafile
+
+--- Name of the shell to use for ! and :! commands.  When changing the
+--- value also check these options: 'shellpipe', 'shellslash'
+--- 'shellredir', 'shellquote', 'shellxquote' and 'shellcmdflag'.
+--- It is allowed to give an argument to the command, e.g.  "csh -f".
+--- See `option-backslash` about including spaces and backslashes.
+--- Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.
+---
+--- If the name of the shell contains a space, you need to enclose it in
+--- quotes.  Example with quotes:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set shell=\"c:\program\ files\unix\sh.exe\"\ -f
+--- ```
+--- Note the backslash before each quote (to avoid starting a comment) and
+--- each space (to avoid ending the option value), so better use `:let-&`
+--- like this:
+--- ```
+--- 	:let &shell='"C:\Program Files\unix\sh.exe" -f'
+--- ```
+--- Also note that the "-f" is not inside the quotes, because it is not
+--- part of the command name.
+--- 						*shell-unquoting*
+--- Rules regarding quotes:
+--- 1. Option is split on space and tab characters that are not inside
+---    quotes: "abc def" runs shell named "abc" with additional argument
+---    "def", '"abc def"' runs shell named "abc def" with no additional
+---    arguments (here and below: additional means “additional to
+---    'shellcmdflag'”).
+--- 2. Quotes in option may be present in any position and any number:
+---    '"abc"', '"a"bc', 'a"b"c', 'ab"c"' and '"a"b"c"' are all equivalent
+---    to just "abc".
+--- 3. Inside quotes backslash preceding backslash means one backslash.
+---    Backslash preceding quote means one quote. Backslash preceding
+---    anything else means backslash and next character literally:
+---    '"a\\b"' is the same as "a\b", '"a\\"b"' runs shell named literally
+---    'a"b', '"a\b"' is the same as "a\b" again.
+--- 4. Outside of quotes backslash always means itself, it cannot be used
+---    to escape quote: 'a\"b"' is the same as "a\b".
+--- Note that such processing is done after `:set` did its own round of
+--- unescaping, so to keep yourself sane use `:let-&` like shown above.
+--- 						*shell-powershell*
+--- To use PowerShell:
+--- ```
+--- 	let &shell = executable('pwsh') ? 'pwsh' : 'powershell'
+--- 	let &shellcmdflag = '-NoLogo -ExecutionPolicy RemoteSigned -Command [Console]::InputEncoding=[Console]::OutputEncoding=[System.Text.UTF8Encoding]::new();$PSDefaultParameterValues[''Out-File:Encoding'']=''utf8'';Remove-Alias -Force -ErrorAction SilentlyContinue tee;'
+--- 	let &shellredir = '2>&1 | %%{ "$_" } | Out-File %s; exit $LastExitCode'
+--- 	let &shellpipe  = '2>&1 | %%{ "$_" } | tee %s; exit $LastExitCode'
+--- 	set shellquote= shellxquote=
+--- ```
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.shell = "sh"
+vim.o.sh = vim.o.shell
+vim.go.shell = vim.o.shell
+vim.go.sh = vim.go.shell
+
+--- Flag passed to the shell to execute "!" and ":!" commands; e.g.,
+--- `bash.exe -c ls` or `cmd.exe /s /c "dir"`.  For MS-Windows, the
+--- default is set according to the value of 'shell', to reduce the need
+--- to set this option by the user.
+--- On Unix it can have more than one flag.  Each white space separated
+--- part is passed as an argument to the shell command.
+--- See `option-backslash` about including spaces and backslashes.
+--- See `shell-unquoting` which talks about separating this option into
+--- multiple arguments.
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.shellcmdflag = "-c"
+vim.o.shcf = vim.o.shellcmdflag
+vim.go.shellcmdflag = vim.o.shellcmdflag
+vim.go.shcf = vim.go.shellcmdflag
+
+--- String to be used to put the output of the ":make" command in the
+--- error file.  See also `:make_makeprg`.  See `option-backslash` about
+--- including spaces and backslashes.
+--- The name of the temporary file can be represented by "%s" if necessary
+--- (the file name is appended automatically if no %s appears in the value
+--- of this option).
+--- For MS-Windows the default is "2>&1| tee".  The stdout and stderr are
+--- saved in a file and echoed to the screen.
+--- For Unix the default is "| tee".  The stdout of the compiler is saved
+--- in a file and echoed to the screen.  If the 'shell' option is "csh" or
+--- "tcsh" after initializations, the default becomes "|& tee".  If the
+--- 'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "mksh", "pdksh", "zsh", "zsh-beta",
+--- "bash", "fish", "ash" or "dash" the default becomes "2>&1| tee".  This
+--- means that stderr is also included.  Before using the 'shell' option a
+--- path is removed, thus "/bin/sh" uses "sh".
+--- The initialization of this option is done after reading the vimrc
+--- and the other initializations, so that when the 'shell' option is set
+--- there, the 'shellpipe' option changes automatically, unless it was
+--- explicitly set before.
+--- When 'shellpipe' is set to an empty string, no redirection of the
+--- ":make" output will be done.  This is useful if you use a 'makeprg'
+--- that writes to 'makeef' by itself.  If you want no piping, but do
+--- want to include the 'makeef', set 'shellpipe' to a single space.
+--- Don't forget to precede the space with a backslash: ":set sp=\ ".
+--- In the future pipes may be used for filtering and this option will
+--- become obsolete (at least for Unix).
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.shellpipe = "| tee"
+vim.o.sp = vim.o.shellpipe
+vim.go.shellpipe = vim.o.shellpipe
+vim.go.sp = vim.go.shellpipe
+
+--- Quoting character(s), put around the command passed to the shell, for
+--- the "!" and ":!" commands.  The redirection is kept outside of the
+--- quoting.  See 'shellxquote' to include the redirection.  It's
+--- probably not useful to set both options.
+--- This is an empty string by default.  Only known to be useful for
+--- third-party shells on Windows systems, such as the MKS Korn Shell
+--- or bash, where it should be "\"".  The default is adjusted according
+--- the value of 'shell', to reduce the need to set this option by the
+--- user.
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.shellquote = ""
+vim.o.shq = vim.o.shellquote
+vim.go.shellquote = vim.o.shellquote
+vim.go.shq = vim.go.shellquote
+
+--- String to be used to put the output of a filter command in a temporary
+--- file.  See also `:!`.  See `option-backslash` about including spaces
+--- and backslashes.
+--- The name of the temporary file can be represented by "%s" if necessary
+--- (the file name is appended automatically if no %s appears in the value
+--- of this option).
+--- The default is ">".  For Unix, if the 'shell' option is "csh" or
+--- "tcsh" during initializations, the default becomes ">&".  If the
+--- 'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "mksh", "pdksh", "zsh", "zsh-beta",
+--- "bash" or "fish", the default becomes ">%s 2>&1".  This means that
+--- stderr is also included.  For Win32, the Unix checks are done and
+--- additionally "cmd" is checked for, which makes the default ">%s 2>&1".
+--- Also, the same names with ".exe" appended are checked for.
+--- The initialization of this option is done after reading the vimrc
+--- and the other initializations, so that when the 'shell' option is set
+--- there, the 'shellredir' option changes automatically unless it was
+--- explicitly set before.
+--- In the future pipes may be used for filtering and this option will
+--- become obsolete (at least for Unix).
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.shellredir = ">"
+vim.o.srr = vim.o.shellredir
+vim.go.shellredir = vim.o.shellredir
+vim.go.srr = vim.go.shellredir
+
+--- 		only for MS-Windows
+--- When set, a forward slash is used when expanding file names.  This is
+--- useful when a Unix-like shell is used instead of cmd.exe.  Backward
+--- slashes can still be typed, but they are changed to forward slashes by
+--- Vim.
+--- Note that setting or resetting this option has no effect for some
+--- existing file names, thus this option needs to be set before opening
+--- any file for best results.  This might change in the future.
+--- 'shellslash' only works when a backslash can be used as a path
+--- separator.  To test if this is so use:
+--- ```
+--- 	if exists('+shellslash')
+--- ```
+--- Also see 'completeslash'.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.shellslash = false
+vim.o.ssl = vim.o.shellslash
+vim.go.shellslash = vim.o.shellslash
+vim.go.ssl = vim.go.shellslash
+
+--- When on, use temp files for shell commands.  When off use a pipe.
+--- When using a pipe is not possible temp files are used anyway.
+--- The advantage of using a pipe is that nobody can read the temp file
+--- and the 'shell' command does not need to support redirection.
+--- The advantage of using a temp file is that the file type and encoding
+--- can be detected.
+--- The `FilterReadPre`, `FilterReadPost` and `FilterWritePre|,
+--- |FilterWritePost` autocommands event are not triggered when
+--- 'shelltemp' is off.
+--- `system()` does not respect this option, it always uses pipes.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.shelltemp = true
+vim.o.stmp = vim.o.shelltemp
+vim.go.shelltemp = vim.o.shelltemp
+vim.go.stmp = vim.go.shelltemp
+
+--- When 'shellxquote' is set to "(" then the characters listed in this
+--- option will be escaped with a '^' character.  This makes it possible
+--- to execute most external commands with cmd.exe.
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.shellxescape = ""
+vim.o.sxe = vim.o.shellxescape
+vim.go.shellxescape = vim.o.shellxescape
+vim.go.sxe = vim.go.shellxescape
+
+--- Quoting character(s), put around the command passed to the shell, for
+--- the "!" and ":!" commands.  Includes the redirection.  See
+--- 'shellquote' to exclude the redirection.  It's probably not useful
+--- to set both options.
+--- When the value is '(' then ')' is appended. When the value is '"('
+--- then ')"' is appended.
+--- When the value is '(' then also see 'shellxescape'.
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.shellxquote = ""
+vim.o.sxq = vim.o.shellxquote
+vim.go.shellxquote = vim.o.shellxquote
+vim.go.sxq = vim.go.shellxquote
+
+--- Round indent to multiple of 'shiftwidth'.  Applies to > and <
+--- commands.  CTRL-T and CTRL-D in Insert mode always round the indent to
+--- a multiple of 'shiftwidth' (this is Vi compatible).
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.shiftround = false
+vim.o.sr = vim.o.shiftround
+vim.go.shiftround = vim.o.shiftround
+vim.go.sr = vim.go.shiftround
+
+--- Number of spaces to use for each step of (auto)indent.  Used for
+--- `'cindent'`, `>>`, `<<`, etc.
+--- When zero the 'tabstop' value will be used.  Use the `shiftwidth()`
+--- function to get the effective shiftwidth value.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.shiftwidth = 8
+vim.o.sw = vim.o.shiftwidth
+vim.bo.shiftwidth = vim.o.shiftwidth
+vim.bo.sw = vim.bo.shiftwidth
+
+--- This option helps to avoid all the `hit-enter` prompts caused by file
+--- messages, for example  with CTRL-G, and to avoid some other messages.
+--- It is a list of flags:
+---  flag	meaning when present	~
+---   l	use "999L, 888B" instead of "999 lines, 888 bytes"	*shm-l*
+---   m	use "[+]" instead of "[Modified]"			*shm-m*
+---   r	use "[RO]" instead of "[readonly]"			*shm-r*
+---   w	use "[w]" instead of "written" for file write message	*shm-w*
+--- 	and "[a]" instead of "appended" for ':w >> file' command
+---   a	all of the above abbreviations				*shm-a*
+---
+---   o	overwrite message for writing a file with subsequent	*shm-o*
+--- 	message for reading a file (useful for ":wn" or when
+--- 	'autowrite' on)
+---   O	message for reading a file overwrites any previous	*shm-O*
+--- 	message;  also for quickfix message (e.g., ":cn")
+---   s	don't give "search hit BOTTOM, continuing at TOP" or	*shm-s*
+--- 	"search hit TOP, continuing at BOTTOM" messages; when using
+--- 	the search count do not show "W" after the count message (see
+--- 	S below)
+---   t	truncate file message at the start if it is too long	*shm-t*
+--- 	to fit on the command-line, "<" will appear in the left most
+--- 	column; ignored in Ex mode
+---   T	truncate other messages in the middle if they are too	*shm-T*
+--- 	long to fit on the command line; "..." will appear in the
+--- 	middle; ignored in Ex mode
+---   W	don't give "written" or "[w]" when writing a file	*shm-W*
+---   A	don't give the "ATTENTION" message when an existing	*shm-A*
+--- 	swap file is found
+---   I	don't give the intro message when starting Vim,		*shm-I*
+--- 	see `:intro`
+---   c	don't give `ins-completion-menu` messages; for		*shm-c*
+--- 	example, "-- XXX completion (YYY)", "match 1 of 2", "The only
+--- 	match", "Pattern not found", "Back at original", etc.
+---   C	don't give messages while scanning for ins-completion	*shm-C*
+--- 	items, for instance "scanning tags"
+---   q	use "recording" instead of "recording @a"		*shm-q*
+---   F	don't give the file info when editing a file, like	*shm-F*
+--- 	`:silent` was used for the command
+---   S	do not show search count message when searching, e.g.	*shm-S*
+--- 	"[1/5]"
+---
+--- This gives you the opportunity to avoid that a change between buffers
+--- requires you to hit <Enter>, but still gives as useful a message as
+--- possible for the space available.  To get the whole message that you
+--- would have got with 'shm' empty, use ":file!"
+--- Useful values:
+---     shm=	No abbreviation of message.
+---     shm=a	Abbreviation, but no loss of information.
+---     shm=at	Abbreviation, and truncate message when necessary.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.shortmess = "ltToOCF"
+vim.o.shm = vim.o.shortmess
+vim.go.shortmess = vim.o.shortmess
+vim.go.shm = vim.go.shortmess
+
+--- String to put at the start of lines that have been wrapped.  Useful
+--- values are "> " or "+++ ":
+--- ```
+--- 	:let &showbreak = "> "
+--- 	:let &showbreak = '+++ '
+--- ```
+--- Only printable single-cell characters are allowed, excluding <Tab> and
+--- comma (in a future version the comma might be used to separate the
+--- part that is shown at the end and at the start of a line).
+--- The `hl-NonText` highlight group determines the highlighting.
+--- Note that tabs after the showbreak will be displayed differently.
+--- If you want the 'showbreak' to appear in between line numbers, add the
+--- "n" flag to 'cpoptions'.
+--- A window-local value overrules a global value.  If the global value is
+--- set and you want no value in the current window use NONE:
+--- ```
+--- 	:setlocal showbreak=NONE
+--- ```
+---
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.showbreak = ""
+vim.o.sbr = vim.o.showbreak
+vim.wo.showbreak = vim.o.showbreak
+vim.wo.sbr = vim.wo.showbreak
+vim.go.showbreak = vim.o.showbreak
+vim.go.sbr = vim.go.showbreak
+
+--- Show (partial) command in the last line of the screen.  Set this
+--- option off if your terminal is slow.
+--- In Visual mode the size of the selected area is shown:
+--- - When selecting characters within a line, the number of characters.
+---   If the number of bytes is different it is also displayed: "2-6"
+---   means two characters and six bytes.
+--- - When selecting more than one line, the number of lines.
+--- - When selecting a block, the size in screen characters:
+---   {lines}x{columns}.
+--- This information can be displayed in an alternative location using the
+--- 'showcmdloc' option, useful when 'cmdheight' is 0.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.showcmd = true
+vim.o.sc = vim.o.showcmd
+vim.go.showcmd = vim.o.showcmd
+vim.go.sc = vim.go.showcmd
+
+--- This option can be used to display the (partially) entered command in
+--- another location.  Possible values are:
+---   last		Last line of the screen (default).
+---   statusline	Status line of the current window.
+---   tabline	First line of the screen if 'showtabline' is enabled.
+--- Setting this option to "statusline" or "tabline" means that these will
+--- be redrawn whenever the command changes, which can be on every key
+--- pressed.
+--- The %S 'statusline' item can be used in 'statusline' or 'tabline' to
+--- place the text.  Without a custom 'statusline' or 'tabline' it will be
+--- displayed in a convenient location.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.showcmdloc = "last"
+vim.o.sloc = vim.o.showcmdloc
+vim.go.showcmdloc = vim.o.showcmdloc
+vim.go.sloc = vim.go.showcmdloc
+
+--- When completing a word in insert mode (see `ins-completion`) from the
+--- tags file, show both the tag name and a tidied-up form of the search
+--- pattern (if there is one) as possible matches.  Thus, if you have
+--- matched a C function, you can see a template for what arguments are
+--- required (coding style permitting).
+--- Note that this doesn't work well together with having "longest" in
+--- 'completeopt', because the completion from the search pattern may not
+--- match the typed text.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.showfulltag = false
+vim.o.sft = vim.o.showfulltag
+vim.go.showfulltag = vim.o.showfulltag
+vim.go.sft = vim.go.showfulltag
+
+--- When a bracket is inserted, briefly jump to the matching one.  The
+--- jump is only done if the match can be seen on the screen.  The time to
+--- show the match can be set with 'matchtime'.
+--- A Beep is given if there is no match (no matter if the match can be
+--- seen or not).
+--- When the 'm' flag is not included in 'cpoptions', typing a character
+--- will immediately move the cursor back to where it belongs.
+--- See the "sm" field in 'guicursor' for setting the cursor shape and
+--- blinking when showing the match.
+--- The 'matchpairs' option can be used to specify the characters to show
+--- matches for.  'rightleft' and 'revins' are used to look for opposite
+--- matches.
+--- Also see the matchparen plugin for highlighting the match when moving
+--- around `pi_paren.txt`.
+--- Note: Use of the short form is rated PG.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.showmatch = false
+vim.o.sm = vim.o.showmatch
+vim.go.showmatch = vim.o.showmatch
+vim.go.sm = vim.go.showmatch
+
+--- If in Insert, Replace or Visual mode put a message on the last line.
+--- The `hl-ModeMsg` highlight group determines the highlighting.
+--- The option has no effect when 'cmdheight' is zero.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.showmode = true
+vim.o.smd = vim.o.showmode
+vim.go.showmode = vim.o.showmode
+vim.go.smd = vim.go.showmode
+
+--- The value of this option specifies when the line with tab page labels
+--- will be displayed:
+--- 	0: never
+--- 	1: only if there are at least two tab pages
+--- 	2: always
+--- This is both for the GUI and non-GUI implementation of the tab pages
+--- line.
+--- See `tab-page` for more information about tab pages.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.showtabline = 1
+vim.o.stal = vim.o.showtabline
+vim.go.showtabline = vim.o.showtabline
+vim.go.stal = vim.go.showtabline
+
+--- The minimal number of columns to scroll horizontally.  Used only when
+--- the 'wrap' option is off and the cursor is moved off of the screen.
+--- When it is zero the cursor will be put in the middle of the screen.
+--- When using a slow terminal set it to a large number or 0.  Not used
+--- for "zh" and "zl" commands.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.sidescroll = 1
+vim.o.ss = vim.o.sidescroll
+vim.go.sidescroll = vim.o.sidescroll
+vim.go.ss = vim.go.sidescroll
+
+--- The minimal number of screen columns to keep to the left and to the
+--- right of the cursor if 'nowrap' is set.  Setting this option to a
+--- value greater than 0 while having `'sidescroll'` also at a non-zero
+--- value makes some context visible in the line you are scrolling in
+--- horizontally (except at beginning of the line).  Setting this option
+--- to a large value (like 999) has the effect of keeping the cursor
+--- horizontally centered in the window, as long as one does not come too
+--- close to the beginning of the line.
+--- After using the local value, go back the global value with one of
+--- these two:
+--- ```
+--- 	setlocal sidescrolloff<
+--- 	setlocal sidescrolloff=-1
+--- ```
+---
+--- Example: Try this together with 'sidescroll' and 'listchars' as
+--- 	 in the following example to never allow the cursor to move
+--- 	 onto the "extends" character:
+--- ```
+--- 	 :set nowrap sidescroll=1 listchars=extends:>,precedes:<
+--- 	 :set sidescrolloff=1
+--- ```
+---
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.sidescrolloff = 0
+vim.o.siso = vim.o.sidescrolloff
+vim.wo.sidescrolloff = vim.o.sidescrolloff
+vim.wo.siso = vim.wo.sidescrolloff
+vim.go.sidescrolloff = vim.o.sidescrolloff
+vim.go.siso = vim.go.sidescrolloff
+
+--- When and how to draw the signcolumn. Valid values are:
+---    "auto"	only when there is a sign to display
+---    "auto:[1-9]" resize to accommodate multiple signs up to the
+---                 given number (maximum 9), e.g. "auto:4"
+---    "auto:[1-8]-[2-9]"
+---                 resize to accommodate multiple signs up to the
+--- 		given maximum number (maximum 9) while keeping
+--- 		at least the given minimum (maximum 8) fixed
+--- 		space. The minimum number should always be less
+--- 		than the maximum number, e.g. "auto:2-5"
+---    "no"		never
+---    "yes"	always
+---    "yes:[1-9]"  always, with fixed space for signs up to the given
+---                 number (maximum 9), e.g. "yes:3"
+---    "number"	display signs in the 'number' column. If the number
+--- 		column is not present, then behaves like "auto".
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.signcolumn = "auto"
+vim.o.scl = vim.o.signcolumn
+vim.wo.signcolumn = vim.o.signcolumn
+vim.wo.scl = vim.wo.signcolumn
+
+--- Override the 'ignorecase' option if the search pattern contains upper
+--- case characters.  Only used when the search pattern is typed and
+--- 'ignorecase' option is on.  Used for the commands "/", "?", "n", "N",
+--- ":g" and ":s".  Not used for "*", "#", "gd", tag search, etc.  After
+--- "*" and "#" you can make 'smartcase' used by doing a "/" command,
+--- recalling the search pattern from history and hitting <Enter>.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.smartcase = false
+vim.o.scs = vim.o.smartcase
+vim.go.smartcase = vim.o.smartcase
+vim.go.scs = vim.go.smartcase
+
+--- Do smart autoindenting when starting a new line.  Works for C-like
+--- programs, but can also be used for other languages.  'cindent' does
+--- something like this, works better in most cases, but is more strict,
+--- see `C-indenting`.  When 'cindent' is on or 'indentexpr' is set,
+--- setting 'si' has no effect.  'indentexpr' is a more advanced
+--- alternative.
+--- Normally 'autoindent' should also be on when using 'smartindent'.
+--- An indent is automatically inserted:
+--- - After a line ending in "{".
+--- - After a line starting with a keyword from 'cinwords'.
+--- - Before a line starting with "}" (only with the "O" command).
+--- When typing '}' as the first character in a new line, that line is
+--- given the same indent as the matching "{".
+--- When typing '#' as the first character in a new line, the indent for
+--- that line is removed, the '#' is put in the first column.  The indent
+--- is restored for the next line.  If you don't want this, use this
+--- mapping: ":inoremap # X^H#", where ^H is entered with CTRL-V CTRL-H.
+--- When using the ">>" command, lines starting with '#' are not shifted
+--- right.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.smartindent = false
+vim.o.si = vim.o.smartindent
+vim.bo.smartindent = vim.o.smartindent
+vim.bo.si = vim.bo.smartindent
+
+--- When on, a <Tab> in front of a line inserts blanks according to
+--- 'shiftwidth'.  'tabstop' or 'softtabstop' is used in other places.  A
+--- <BS> will delete a 'shiftwidth' worth of space at the start of the
+--- line.
+--- When off, a <Tab> always inserts blanks according to 'tabstop' or
+--- 'softtabstop'.  'shiftwidth' is only used for shifting text left or
+--- right `shift-left-right`.
+--- What gets inserted (a <Tab> or spaces) depends on the 'expandtab'
+--- option.  Also see `ins-expandtab`.  When 'expandtab' is not set, the
+--- number of spaces is minimized by using <Tab>s.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.smarttab = true
+vim.o.sta = vim.o.smarttab
+vim.go.smarttab = vim.o.smarttab
+vim.go.sta = vim.go.smarttab
+
+--- Scrolling works with screen lines.  When 'wrap' is set and the first
+--- line in the window wraps part of it may not be visible, as if it is
+--- above the window. "<<<" is displayed at the start of the first line,
+--- highlighted with `hl-NonText`.
+--- You may also want to add "lastline" to the 'display' option to show as
+--- much of the last line as possible.
+--- NOTE: only partly implemented, currently works with CTRL-E, CTRL-Y
+--- and scrolling with the mouse.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.smoothscroll = false
+vim.o.sms = vim.o.smoothscroll
+vim.wo.smoothscroll = vim.o.smoothscroll
+vim.wo.sms = vim.wo.smoothscroll
+
+--- Number of spaces that a <Tab> counts for while performing editing
+--- operations, like inserting a <Tab> or using <BS>.  It "feels" like
+--- <Tab>s are being inserted, while in fact a mix of spaces and <Tab>s is
+--- used.  This is useful to keep the 'ts' setting at its standard value
+--- of 8, while being able to edit like it is set to 'sts'.  However,
+--- commands like "x" still work on the actual characters.
+--- When 'sts' is zero, this feature is off.
+--- When 'sts' is negative, the value of 'shiftwidth' is used.
+--- See also `ins-expandtab`.  When 'expandtab' is not set, the number of
+--- spaces is minimized by using <Tab>s.
+--- The 'L' flag in 'cpoptions' changes how tabs are used when 'list' is
+--- set.
+---
+--- The value of 'softtabstop' will be ignored if `'varsofttabstop'` is set
+--- to anything other than an empty string.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.softtabstop = 0
+vim.o.sts = vim.o.softtabstop
+vim.bo.softtabstop = vim.o.softtabstop
+vim.bo.sts = vim.bo.softtabstop
+
+--- When on spell checking will be done.  See `spell`.
+--- The languages are specified with 'spelllang'.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.spell = false
+vim.wo.spell = vim.o.spell
+
+--- Pattern to locate the end of a sentence.  The following word will be
+--- checked to start with a capital letter.  If not then it is highlighted
+--- with SpellCap `hl-SpellCap` (unless the word is also badly spelled).
+--- When this check is not wanted make this option empty.
+--- Only used when 'spell' is set.
+--- Be careful with special characters, see `option-backslash` about
+--- including spaces and backslashes.
+--- To set this option automatically depending on the language, see
+--- `set-spc-auto`.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.spellcapcheck = "[.?!]\\_[\\])'\"\\t ]\\+"
+vim.o.spc = vim.o.spellcapcheck
+vim.bo.spellcapcheck = vim.o.spellcapcheck
+vim.bo.spc = vim.bo.spellcapcheck
+
+--- Name of the word list file where words are added for the `zg` and `zw`
+--- commands.  It must end in ".{encoding}.add".  You need to include the
+--- path, otherwise the file is placed in the current directory.
+--- The path may include characters from 'isfname', space, comma and '@'.
+--- 							*E765*
+--- It may also be a comma-separated list of names.  A count before the
+--- `zg` and `zw` commands can be used to access each.  This allows using
+--- a personal word list file and a project word list file.
+--- When a word is added while this option is empty Vim will set it for
+--- you: Using the first directory in 'runtimepath' that is writable.  If
+--- there is no "spell" directory yet it will be created.  For the file
+--- name the first language name that appears in 'spelllang' is used,
+--- ignoring the region.
+--- The resulting ".spl" file will be used for spell checking, it does not
+--- have to appear in 'spelllang'.
+--- Normally one file is used for all regions, but you can add the region
+--- name if you want to.  However, it will then only be used when
+--- 'spellfile' is set to it, for entries in 'spelllang' only files
+--- without region name will be found.
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.spellfile = ""
+vim.o.spf = vim.o.spellfile
+vim.bo.spellfile = vim.o.spellfile
+vim.bo.spf = vim.bo.spellfile
+
+--- A comma-separated list of word list names.  When the 'spell' option is
+--- on spellchecking will be done for these languages.  Example:
+--- ```
+--- 	set spelllang=en_us,nl,medical
+--- ```
+--- This means US English, Dutch and medical words are recognized.  Words
+--- that are not recognized will be highlighted.
+--- The word list name must consist of alphanumeric characters, a dash or
+--- an underscore.  It should not include a comma or dot.  Using a dash is
+--- recommended to separate the two letter language name from a
+--- specification.  Thus "en-rare" is used for rare English words.
+--- A region name must come last and have the form "_xx", where "xx" is
+--- the two-letter, lower case region name.  You can use more than one
+--- region by listing them: "en_us,en_ca" supports both US and Canadian
+--- English, but not words specific for Australia, New Zealand or Great
+--- Britain. (Note: currently en_au and en_nz dictionaries are older than
+--- en_ca, en_gb and en_us).
+--- If the name "cjk" is included East Asian characters are excluded from
+--- spell checking.  This is useful when editing text that also has Asian
+--- words.
+--- Note that the "medical" dictionary does not exist, it is just an
+--- example of a longer name.
+--- 						*E757*
+--- As a special case the name of a .spl file can be given as-is.  The
+--- first "_xx" in the name is removed and used as the region name
+--- (_xx is an underscore, two letters and followed by a non-letter).
+--- This is mainly for testing purposes.  You must make sure the correct
+--- encoding is used, Vim doesn't check it.
+--- How the related spell files are found is explained here: `spell-load`.
+---
+--- If the `spellfile.vim` plugin is active and you use a language name
+--- for which Vim cannot find the .spl file in 'runtimepath' the plugin
+--- will ask you if you want to download the file.
+---
+--- After this option has been set successfully, Vim will source the files
+--- "spell/LANG.vim" in 'runtimepath'.  "LANG" is the value of 'spelllang'
+--- up to the first character that is not an ASCII letter or number and
+--- not a dash.  Also see `set-spc-auto`.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.spelllang = "en"
+vim.o.spl = vim.o.spelllang
+vim.bo.spelllang = vim.o.spelllang
+vim.bo.spl = vim.bo.spelllang
+
+--- A comma-separated list of options for spell checking:
+--- camel		When a word is CamelCased, assume "Cased" is a
+--- 		separate word: every upper-case character in a word
+--- 		that comes after a lower case character indicates the
+--- 		start of a new word.
+--- noplainbuffer	Only spellcheck a buffer when 'syntax' is enabled,
+--- 		or when extmarks are set within the buffer. Only
+--- 		designated regions of the buffer are spellchecked in
+--- 		this case.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.spelloptions = ""
+vim.o.spo = vim.o.spelloptions
+vim.bo.spelloptions = vim.o.spelloptions
+vim.bo.spo = vim.bo.spelloptions
+
+--- Methods used for spelling suggestions.  Both for the `z=` command and
+--- the `spellsuggest()` function.  This is a comma-separated list of
+--- items:
+---
+--- best		Internal method that works best for English.  Finds
+--- 		changes like "fast" and uses a bit of sound-a-like
+--- 		scoring to improve the ordering.
+---
+--- double		Internal method that uses two methods and mixes the
+--- 		results.  The first method is "fast", the other method
+--- 		computes how much the suggestion sounds like the bad
+--- 		word.  That only works when the language specifies
+--- 		sound folding.  Can be slow and doesn't always give
+--- 		better results.
+---
+--- fast		Internal method that only checks for simple changes:
+--- 		character inserts/deletes/swaps.  Works well for
+--- 		simple typing mistakes.
+---
+--- {number}	The maximum number of suggestions listed for `z=`.
+--- 		Not used for `spellsuggest()`.  The number of
+--- 		suggestions is never more than the value of 'lines'
+--- 		minus two.
+---
+--- timeout:{millisec}   Limit the time searching for suggestions to
+--- 		{millisec} milli seconds.  Applies to the following
+--- 		methods.  When omitted the limit is 5000. When
+--- 		negative there is no limit.
+---
+--- file:{filename} Read file {filename}, which must have two columns,
+--- 		separated by a slash.  The first column contains the
+--- 		bad word, the second column the suggested good word.
+--- 		Example:
+--- 			theribal/terrible ~
+--- 		Use this for common mistakes that do not appear at the
+--- 		top of the suggestion list with the internal methods.
+--- 		Lines without a slash are ignored, use this for
+--- 		comments.
+--- 		The word in the second column must be correct,
+--- 		otherwise it will not be used.  Add the word to an
+--- 		".add" file if it is currently flagged as a spelling
+--- 		mistake.
+--- 		The file is used for all languages.
+---
+--- expr:{expr}	Evaluate expression {expr}.  Use a function to avoid
+--- 		trouble with spaces.  `v:val` holds the badly spelled
+--- 		word.  The expression must evaluate to a List of
+--- 		Lists, each with a suggestion and a score.
+--- 		Example:
+--- 			[['the', 33], ['that', 44]] ~
+--- 		Set 'verbose' and use `z=` to see the scores that the
+--- 		internal methods use.  A lower score is better.
+--- 		This may invoke `spellsuggest()` if you temporarily
+--- 		set 'spellsuggest' to exclude the "expr:" part.
+--- 		Errors are silently ignored, unless you set the
+--- 		'verbose' option to a non-zero value.
+---
+--- Only one of "best", "double" or "fast" may be used.  The others may
+--- appear several times in any order.  Example:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set sps=file:~/.config/nvim/sugg,best,expr:MySuggest()
+--- ```
+---
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.spellsuggest = "best"
+vim.o.sps = vim.o.spellsuggest
+vim.go.spellsuggest = vim.o.spellsuggest
+vim.go.sps = vim.go.spellsuggest
+
+--- When on, splitting a window will put the new window below the current
+--- one. `:split`
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.splitbelow = false
+vim.o.sb = vim.o.splitbelow
+vim.go.splitbelow = vim.o.splitbelow
+vim.go.sb = vim.go.splitbelow
+
+--- The value of this option determines the scroll behavior when opening,
+--- closing or resizing horizontal splits.
+---
+--- Possible values are:
+---   cursor	Keep the same relative cursor position.
+---   screen	Keep the text on the same screen line.
+---   topline	Keep the topline the same.
+---
+--- For the "screen" and "topline" values, the cursor position will be
+--- changed when necessary. In this case, the jumplist will be populated
+--- with the previous cursor position. For "screen", the text cannot always
+--- be kept on the same screen line when 'wrap' is enabled.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.splitkeep = "cursor"
+vim.o.spk = vim.o.splitkeep
+vim.go.splitkeep = vim.o.splitkeep
+vim.go.spk = vim.go.splitkeep
+
+--- When on, splitting a window will put the new window right of the
+--- current one. `:vsplit`
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.splitright = false
+vim.o.spr = vim.o.splitright
+vim.go.splitright = vim.o.splitright
+vim.go.spr = vim.go.splitright
+
+--- When "on" the commands listed below move the cursor to the first
+--- non-blank of the line.  When off the cursor is kept in the same column
+--- (if possible).  This applies to the commands:
+--- - CTRL-D, CTRL-U, CTRL-B, CTRL-F, "G", "H", "M", "L", "gg"
+--- - "d", "<<" and ">>" with a linewise operator
+--- - "%" with a count
+--- - buffer changing commands (CTRL-^, :bnext, :bNext, etc.)
+--- - Ex commands that only have a line number, e.g., ":25" or ":+".
+--- In case of buffer changing commands the cursor is placed at the column
+--- where it was the last time the buffer was edited.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.startofline = false
+vim.o.sol = vim.o.startofline
+vim.go.startofline = vim.o.startofline
+vim.go.sol = vim.go.startofline
+
+--- EXPERIMENTAL
+--- When non-empty, this option determines the content of the area to the
+--- side of a window, normally containing the fold, sign and number columns.
+--- The format of this option is like that of 'statusline'.
+---
+--- Some of the items from the 'statusline' format are different for
+--- 'statuscolumn':
+---
+--- %l	line number of currently drawn line
+--- %r	relative line number of currently drawn line
+--- %s	sign column for currently drawn line
+--- %C	fold column for currently drawn line
+---
+--- NOTE: To draw the sign and fold columns, their items must be included in
+--- 'statuscolumn'. Even when they are not included, the status column width
+--- will adapt to the 'signcolumn' and 'foldcolumn' width.
+---
+--- The `v:lnum`    variable holds the line number to be drawn.
+--- The `v:relnum`  variable holds the relative line number to be drawn.
+--- The `v:virtnum` variable is negative when drawing virtual lines, zero
+--- 	      when drawing the actual buffer line, and positive when
+--- 	      drawing the wrapped part of a buffer line.
+---
+--- NOTE: The %@ click execute function item is supported as well but the
+--- specified function will be the same for each row in the same column.
+--- It cannot be switched out through a dynamic 'statuscolumn' format, the
+--- handler should be written with this in mind.
+---
+--- Examples:
+---
+--- ```vim
+--- 	" Relative number with bar separator and click handlers:
+--- 	:set statuscolumn=%@SignCb@%s%=%T%@NumCb@%r│%T
+---
+--- 	" Right aligned relative cursor line number:
+--- 	:let &stc='%=%{v:relnum?v:relnum:v:lnum} '
+---
+--- 	" Line numbers in hexadecimal for non wrapped part of lines:
+--- 	:let &stc='%=%{v:virtnum>0?"":printf("%x",v:lnum)} '
+---
+--- 	" Human readable line numbers with thousands separator:
+--- 	:let &stc='%{substitute(v:lnum,"\\d\\zs\\ze\\'
+--- 		   . '%(\\d\\d\\d\\)\\+$",",","g")}'
+---
+--- 	" Both relative and absolute line numbers with different
+--- 	" highlighting for odd and even relative numbers:
+--- 	:let &stc='%#NonText#%{&nu?v:lnum:""}' .
+--- 	 '%=%{&rnu&&(v:lnum%2)?"\ ".v:relnum:""}' .
+--- 	 '%#LineNr#%{&rnu&&!(v:lnum%2)?"\ ".v:relnum:""}'
+--- ```
+--- WARNING: this expression is evaluated for each screen line so defining
+--- an expensive expression can negatively affect render performance.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.statuscolumn = ""
+vim.o.stc = vim.o.statuscolumn
+vim.wo.statuscolumn = vim.o.statuscolumn
+vim.wo.stc = vim.wo.statuscolumn
+
+--- When non-empty, this option determines the content of the status line.
+--- Also see `status-line`.
+---
+--- The option consists of printf style '%' items interspersed with
+--- normal text.  Each status line item is of the form:
+---   %-0{minwid}.{maxwid}{item}
+--- All fields except the {item} are optional.  A single percent sign can
+--- be given as "%%".
+---
+--- When the option starts with "%!" then it is used as an expression,
+--- evaluated and the result is used as the option value.  Example:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set statusline=%!MyStatusLine()
+--- ```
+--- The *g:statusline_winid* variable will be set to the `window-ID` of the
+--- window that the status line belongs to.
+--- The result can contain %{} items that will be evaluated too.
+--- Note that the "%!" expression is evaluated in the context of the
+--- current window and buffer, while %{} items are evaluated in the
+--- context of the window that the statusline belongs to.
+---
+--- When there is error while evaluating the option then it will be made
+--- empty to avoid further errors.  Otherwise screen updating would loop.
+--- When the result contains unprintable characters the result is
+--- unpredictable.
+---
+--- Note that the only effect of 'ruler' when this option is set (and
+--- 'laststatus' is 2 or 3) is controlling the output of `CTRL-G`.
+---
+--- field	    meaning ~
+--- -	    Left justify the item.  The default is right justified
+--- 	    when minwid is larger than the length of the item.
+--- 0	    Leading zeroes in numeric items.  Overridden by "-".
+--- minwid	    Minimum width of the item, padding as set by "-" & "0".
+--- 	    Value must be 50 or less.
+--- maxwid	    Maximum width of the item.  Truncation occurs with a "<"
+--- 	    on the left for text items.  Numeric items will be
+--- 	    shifted down to maxwid-2 digits followed by ">"number
+--- 	    where number is the amount of missing digits, much like
+--- 	    an exponential notation.
+--- item	    A one letter code as described below.
+---
+--- Following is a description of the possible statusline items.  The
+--- second character in "item" is the type:
+--- 	N for number
+--- 	S for string
+--- 	F for flags as described below
+--- 	- not applicable
+---
+--- item  meaning ~
+--- f S   Path to the file in the buffer, as typed or relative to current
+---       directory.
+--- F S   Full path to the file in the buffer.
+--- t S   File name (tail) of file in the buffer.
+--- m F   Modified flag, text is "[+]"; "[-]" if 'modifiable' is off.
+--- M F   Modified flag, text is ",+" or ",-".
+--- r F   Readonly flag, text is "[RO]".
+--- R F   Readonly flag, text is ",RO".
+--- h F   Help buffer flag, text is "[help]".
+--- H F   Help buffer flag, text is ",HLP".
+--- w F   Preview window flag, text is "[Preview]".
+--- W F   Preview window flag, text is ",PRV".
+--- y F   Type of file in the buffer, e.g., "[vim]".  See 'filetype'.
+--- Y F   Type of file in the buffer, e.g., ",VIM".  See 'filetype'.
+--- q S   "[Quickfix List]", "[Location List]" or empty.
+--- k S   Value of "b:keymap_name" or 'keymap' when `:lmap` mappings are
+---       being used: "<keymap>"
+--- n N   Buffer number.
+--- b N   Value of character under cursor.
+--- B N   As above, in hexadecimal.
+--- o N   Byte number in file of byte under cursor, first byte is 1.
+---       Mnemonic: Offset from start of file (with one added)
+--- O N   As above, in hexadecimal.
+--- l N   Line number.
+--- L N   Number of lines in buffer.
+--- c N   Column number (byte index).
+--- v N   Virtual column number (screen column).
+--- V N   Virtual column number as -{num}.  Not displayed if equal to 'c'.
+--- p N   Percentage through file in lines as in `CTRL-G`.
+--- P S   Percentage through file of displayed window.  This is like the
+---       percentage described for 'ruler'.  Always 3 in length, unless
+---       translated.
+--- S S   'showcmd' content, see 'showcmdloc'.
+--- a S   Argument list status as in default title.  ({current} of {max})
+---       Empty if the argument file count is zero or one.
+--- { NF  Evaluate expression between "%{" and "}" and substitute result.
+---       Note that there is no "%" before the closing "}".  The
+---       expression cannot contain a "}" character, call a function to
+---       work around that.  See `stl-%{` below.
+--- `{%` -  This is almost same as "{" except the result of the expression is
+---       re-evaluated as a statusline format string.  Thus if the
+---       return value of expr contains "%" items they will get expanded.
+---       The expression can contain the "}" character, the end of
+---       expression is denoted by "%}".
+---       For example:
+--- ```
+--- 	func! Stl_filename() abort
+--- 	    return "%t"
+--- 	endfunc
+--- ```
+--- `stl=%{Stl_filename()}`   results in `"%t"`
+---         `stl=%{%Stl_filename()%}` results in `"Name of current file"`
+--- %} -  End of "{%" expression
+--- ( -   Start of item group.  Can be used for setting the width and
+---       alignment of a section.  Must be followed by %) somewhere.
+--- ) -   End of item group.  No width fields allowed.
+--- T N   For 'tabline': start of tab page N label.  Use %T or %X to end
+---       the label.  Clicking this label with left mouse button switches
+---       to the specified tab page.
+--- X N   For 'tabline': start of close tab N label.  Use %X or %T to end
+---       the label, e.g.: %3Xclose%X.  Use %999X for a "close current
+---       tab" label.    Clicking this label with left mouse button closes
+---       specified tab page.
+--- @ N   Start of execute function label. Use %X or %T to
+---       end the label, e.g.: %10@SwitchBuffer@foo.c%X.  Clicking this
+---       label runs specified function: in the example when clicking once
+---       using left mouse button on "foo.c" "SwitchBuffer(10, 1, 'l',
+---       '    ')" expression will be run.  Function receives the
+---       following arguments in order:
+---       1. minwid field value or zero if no N was specified
+---       2. number of mouse clicks to detect multiple clicks
+---       3. mouse button used: "l", "r" or "m" for left, right or middle
+---          button respectively; one should not rely on third argument
+---          being only "l", "r" or "m": any other non-empty string value
+---          that contains only ASCII lower case letters may be expected
+---          for other mouse buttons
+---       4. modifiers pressed: string which contains "s" if shift
+---          modifier was pressed, "c" for control, "a" for alt and "m"
+---          for meta; currently if modifier is not pressed string
+---          contains space instead, but one should not rely on presence
+---          of spaces or specific order of modifiers: use `stridx()` to
+---          test whether some modifier is present; string is guaranteed
+---          to contain only ASCII letters and spaces, one letter per
+---          modifier; "?" modifier may also be present, but its presence
+---          is a bug that denotes that new mouse button recognition was
+---          added without modifying code that reacts on mouse clicks on
+---          this label.
+---       Use `getmousepos()`.winid in the specified function to get the
+---       corresponding window id of the clicked item.
+--- \< -   Where to truncate line if too long.  Default is at the start.
+---       No width fields allowed.
+--- = -   Separation point between alignment sections.  Each section will
+---       be separated by an equal number of spaces.  With one %= what
+---       comes after it will be right-aligned.  With two %= there is a
+---       middle part, with white space left and right of it.
+---       No width fields allowed.
+--- # -   Set highlight group.  The name must follow and then a # again.
+---       Thus use %#HLname# for highlight group HLname.  The same
+---       highlighting is used, also for the statusline of non-current
+---       windows.
+--- * -   Set highlight group to User{N}, where {N} is taken from the
+---       minwid field, e.g. %1*.  Restore normal highlight with %* or %0*.
+---       The difference between User{N} and StatusLine will be applied to
+---       StatusLineNC for the statusline of non-current windows.
+---       The number N must be between 1 and 9.  See `hl-User1..9`
+---
+--- When displaying a flag, Vim removes the leading comma, if any, when
+--- that flag comes right after plaintext.  This will make a nice display
+--- when flags are used like in the examples below.
+---
+--- When all items in a group becomes an empty string (i.e. flags that are
+--- not set) and a minwid is not set for the group, the whole group will
+--- become empty.  This will make a group like the following disappear
+--- completely from the statusline when none of the flags are set.
+--- ```
+--- 	:set statusline=...%(\ [%M%R%H]%)...
+--- ```
+--- Beware that an expression is evaluated each and every time the status
+--- line is displayed.
+--- 			*stl-%{* *g:actual_curbuf* *g:actual_curwin*
+--- While evaluating %{} the current buffer and current window will be set
+--- temporarily to that of the window (and buffer) whose statusline is
+--- currently being drawn.  The expression will evaluate in this context.
+--- The variable "g:actual_curbuf" is set to the `bufnr()` number of the
+--- real current buffer and "g:actual_curwin" to the `window-ID` of the
+--- real current window.  These values are strings.
+---
+--- The 'statusline' option will be evaluated in the `sandbox` if set from
+--- a modeline, see `sandbox-option`.
+--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
+---
+--- It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
+--- evaluating 'statusline' `textlock`.
+---
+--- If the statusline is not updated when you want it (e.g., after setting
+--- a variable that's used in an expression), you can force an update by
+--- using `:redrawstatus`.
+---
+--- A result of all digits is regarded a number for display purposes.
+--- Otherwise the result is taken as flag text and applied to the rules
+--- described above.
+---
+--- Watch out for errors in expressions.  They may render Vim unusable!
+--- If you are stuck, hold down ':' or 'Q' to get a prompt, then quit and
+--- edit your vimrc or whatever with "vim --clean" to get it right.
+---
+--- Examples:
+--- Emulate standard status line with 'ruler' set
+--- ```
+---   :set statusline=%<%f\ %h%m%r%=%-14.(%l,%c%V%)\ %P
+--- ```
+--- Similar, but add ASCII value of char under the cursor (like "ga")
+--- ```
+---   :set statusline=%<%f%h%m%r%=%b\ 0x%B\ \ %l,%c%V\ %P
+--- ```
+--- Display byte count and byte value, modified flag in red.
+--- ```
+---   :set statusline=%<%f%=\ [%1*%M%*%n%R%H]\ %-19(%3l,%02c%03V%)%O'%02b'
+---   :hi User1 term=inverse,bold cterm=inverse,bold ctermfg=red
+--- ```
+--- Display a ,GZ flag if a compressed file is loaded
+--- ```
+---   :set statusline=...%r%{VarExists('b:gzflag','\ [GZ]')}%h...
+--- ```
+--- In the `:autocmd`'s:
+--- ```
+---   :let b:gzflag = 1
+--- ```
+--- And:
+--- ```
+---   :unlet b:gzflag
+--- ```
+--- And define this function:
+--- ```
+---   :function VarExists(var, val)
+---   :    if exists(a:var) | return a:val | else | return '' | endif
+---   :endfunction
+--- ```
+---
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.statusline = ""
+vim.o.stl = vim.o.statusline
+vim.wo.statusline = vim.o.statusline
+vim.wo.stl = vim.wo.statusline
+vim.go.statusline = vim.o.statusline
+vim.go.stl = vim.go.statusline
+
+--- Files with these suffixes get a lower priority when multiple files
+--- match a wildcard.  See `suffixes`.  Commas can be used to separate the
+--- suffixes.  Spaces after the comma are ignored.  A dot is also seen as
+--- the start of a suffix.  To avoid a dot or comma being recognized as a
+--- separator, precede it with a backslash (see `option-backslash` about
+--- including spaces and backslashes).
+--- See 'wildignore' for completely ignoring files.
+--- The use of `:set+=` and `:set-=` is preferred when adding or removing
+--- suffixes from the list.  This avoids problems when a future version
+--- uses another default.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.suffixes = ".bak,~,.o,.h,.info,.swp,.obj"
+vim.o.su = vim.o.suffixes
+vim.go.suffixes = vim.o.suffixes
+vim.go.su = vim.go.suffixes
+
+--- Comma-separated list of suffixes, which are used when searching for a
+--- file for the "gf", "[I", etc. commands.  Example:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set suffixesadd=.java
+--- ```
+---
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.suffixesadd = ""
+vim.o.sua = vim.o.suffixesadd
+vim.bo.suffixesadd = vim.o.suffixesadd
+vim.bo.sua = vim.bo.suffixesadd
+
+--- Use a swapfile for the buffer.  This option can be reset when a
+--- swapfile is not wanted for a specific buffer.  For example, with
+--- confidential information that even root must not be able to access.
+--- Careful: All text will be in memory:
+--- 	- Don't use this for big files.
+--- 	- Recovery will be impossible!
+--- A swapfile will only be present when `'updatecount'` is non-zero and
+--- 'swapfile' is set.
+--- When 'swapfile' is reset, the swap file for the current buffer is
+--- immediately deleted.  When 'swapfile' is set, and 'updatecount' is
+--- non-zero, a swap file is immediately created.
+--- Also see `swap-file`.
+--- If you want to open a new buffer without creating a swap file for it,
+--- use the `:noswapfile` modifier.
+--- See 'directory' for where the swap file is created.
+---
+--- This option is used together with 'bufhidden' and 'buftype' to
+--- specify special kinds of buffers.   See `special-buffers`.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.swapfile = true
+vim.o.swf = vim.o.swapfile
+vim.bo.swapfile = vim.o.swapfile
+vim.bo.swf = vim.bo.swapfile
+
+--- This option controls the behavior when switching between buffers.
+--- This option is checked, when
+--- - jumping to errors with the `quickfix` commands (`:cc`, `:cn`, `:cp`,
+---   etc.).
+--- - jumping to a tag using the `:stag` command.
+--- - opening a file using the `CTRL-W_f` or `CTRL-W_F` command.
+--- - jumping to a buffer using a buffer split command (e.g.  `:sbuffer`,
+---   `:sbnext`, or `:sbrewind`).
+--- Possible values (comma-separated list):
+---    useopen	If included, jump to the first open window in the
+--- 		current tab page that contains the specified buffer
+--- 		(if there is one).  Otherwise: Do not examine other
+--- 		windows.
+---    usetab	Like "useopen", but also consider windows in other tab
+--- 		pages.
+---    split	If included, split the current window before loading
+--- 		a buffer for a `quickfix` command that display errors.
+--- 		Otherwise: do not split, use current window (when used
+--- 		in the quickfix window: the previously used window or
+--- 		split if there is no other window).
+---    vsplit	Just like "split" but split vertically.
+---    newtab	Like "split", but open a new tab page.  Overrules
+--- 		"split" when both are present.
+---    uselast	If included, jump to the previously used window when
+--- 		jumping to errors with `quickfix` commands.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.switchbuf = "uselast"
+vim.o.swb = vim.o.switchbuf
+vim.go.switchbuf = vim.o.switchbuf
+vim.go.swb = vim.go.switchbuf
+
+--- Maximum column in which to search for syntax items.  In long lines the
+--- text after this column is not highlighted and following lines may not
+--- be highlighted correctly, because the syntax state is cleared.
+--- This helps to avoid very slow redrawing for an XML file that is one
+--- long line.
+--- Set to zero to remove the limit.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.synmaxcol = 3000
+vim.o.smc = vim.o.synmaxcol
+vim.bo.synmaxcol = vim.o.synmaxcol
+vim.bo.smc = vim.bo.synmaxcol
+
+--- When this option is set, the syntax with this name is loaded, unless
+--- syntax highlighting has been switched off with ":syntax off".
+--- Otherwise this option does not always reflect the current syntax (the
+--- b:current_syntax variable does).
+--- This option is most useful in a modeline, for a file which syntax is
+--- not automatically recognized.  Example, in an IDL file:
+--- ```
+--- 	/* vim: set syntax=idl : */
+--- ```
+--- When a dot appears in the value then this separates two filetype
+--- names.  Example:
+--- ```
+--- 	/* vim: set syntax=c.doxygen : */
+--- ```
+--- This will use the "c" syntax first, then the "doxygen" syntax.
+--- Note that the second one must be prepared to be loaded as an addition,
+--- otherwise it will be skipped.  More than one dot may appear.
+--- To switch off syntax highlighting for the current file, use:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set syntax=OFF
+--- ```
+--- To switch syntax highlighting on according to the current value of the
+--- 'filetype' option:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set syntax=ON
+--- ```
+--- What actually happens when setting the 'syntax' option is that the
+--- Syntax autocommand event is triggered with the value as argument.
+--- This option is not copied to another buffer, independent of the 's' or
+--- 'S' flag in 'cpoptions'.
+--- Only normal file name characters can be used, `/\*?[|<>` are illegal.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.syntax = ""
+vim.o.syn = vim.o.syntax
+vim.bo.syntax = vim.o.syntax
+vim.bo.syn = vim.bo.syntax
+
+--- When non-empty, this option determines the content of the tab pages
+--- line at the top of the Vim window.  When empty Vim will use a default
+--- tab pages line.  See `setting-tabline` for more info.
+---
+--- The tab pages line only appears as specified with the 'showtabline'
+--- option and only when there is no GUI tab line.  When 'e' is in
+--- 'guioptions' and the GUI supports a tab line 'guitablabel' is used
+--- instead.  Note that the two tab pages lines are very different.
+---
+--- The value is evaluated like with 'statusline'.  You can use
+--- `tabpagenr()`, `tabpagewinnr()` and `tabpagebuflist()` to figure out
+--- the text to be displayed.  Use "%1T" for the first label, "%2T" for
+--- the second one, etc.  Use "%X" items for closing labels.
+---
+--- When changing something that is used in 'tabline' that does not
+--- trigger it to be updated, use `:redrawtabline`.
+--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
+---
+--- Keep in mind that only one of the tab pages is the current one, others
+--- are invisible and you can't jump to their windows.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.tabline = ""
+vim.o.tal = vim.o.tabline
+vim.go.tabline = vim.o.tabline
+vim.go.tal = vim.go.tabline
+
+--- Maximum number of tab pages to be opened by the `-p` command line
+--- argument or the ":tab all" command. `tabpage`
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.tabpagemax = 50
+vim.o.tpm = vim.o.tabpagemax
+vim.go.tabpagemax = vim.o.tabpagemax
+vim.go.tpm = vim.go.tabpagemax
+
+--- Number of spaces that a <Tab> in the file counts for.  Also see
+--- the `:retab` command, and the 'softtabstop' option.
+---
+--- Note: Setting 'tabstop' to any other value than 8 can make your file
+--- appear wrong in many places.
+--- The value must be more than 0 and less than 10000.
+---
+--- There are four main ways to use tabs in Vim:
+--- 1. Always keep 'tabstop' at 8, set 'softtabstop' and 'shiftwidth' to 4
+---    (or 3 or whatever you prefer) and use 'noexpandtab'.  Then Vim
+---    will use a mix of tabs and spaces, but typing <Tab> and <BS> will
+---    behave like a tab appears every 4 (or 3) characters.
+---    This is the recommended way, the file will look the same with other
+---    tools and when listing it in a terminal.
+--- 2. Set 'softtabstop' and 'shiftwidth' to whatever you prefer and use
+---    'expandtab'.  This way you will always insert spaces.  The
+---    formatting will never be messed up when 'tabstop' is changed (leave
+---    it at 8 just in case).  The file will be a bit larger.
+---    You do need to check if no Tabs exist in the file.  You can get rid
+---    of them by first setting 'expandtab' and using `%retab!`, making
+---    sure the value of 'tabstop' is set correctly.
+--- 3. Set 'tabstop' and 'shiftwidth' to whatever you prefer and use
+---    'expandtab'.  This way you will always insert spaces.  The
+---    formatting will never be messed up when 'tabstop' is changed.
+---    You do need to check if no Tabs exist in the file, just like in the
+---    item just above.
+--- 4. Set 'tabstop' and 'shiftwidth' to whatever you prefer and use a
+---    `modeline` to set these values when editing the file again.  Only
+---    works when using Vim to edit the file, other tools assume a tabstop
+---    is worth 8 spaces.
+--- 5. Always set 'tabstop' and 'shiftwidth' to the same value, and
+---    'noexpandtab'.  This should then work (for initial indents only)
+---    for any tabstop setting that people use.  It might be nice to have
+---    tabs after the first non-blank inserted as spaces if you do this
+---    though.  Otherwise aligned comments will be wrong when 'tabstop' is
+---    changed.
+---
+--- The value of 'tabstop' will be ignored if `'vartabstop'` is set to
+--- anything other than an empty string.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.tabstop = 8
+vim.o.ts = vim.o.tabstop
+vim.bo.tabstop = vim.o.tabstop
+vim.bo.ts = vim.bo.tabstop
+
+--- When searching for a tag (e.g., for the `:ta` command), Vim can either
+--- use a binary search or a linear search in a tags file.  Binary
+--- searching makes searching for a tag a LOT faster, but a linear search
+--- will find more tags if the tags file wasn't properly sorted.
+--- Vim normally assumes that your tags files are sorted, or indicate that
+--- they are not sorted.  Only when this is not the case does the
+--- 'tagbsearch' option need to be switched off.
+---
+--- When 'tagbsearch' is on, binary searching is first used in the tags
+--- files.  In certain situations, Vim will do a linear search instead for
+--- certain files, or retry all files with a linear search.  When
+--- 'tagbsearch' is off, only a linear search is done.
+---
+--- Linear searching is done anyway, for one file, when Vim finds a line
+--- at the start of the file indicating that it's not sorted:
+--- ```
+---    !_TAG_FILE_SORTED	0	/some comment/
+--- ```
+--- [The whitespace before and after the '0' must be a single <Tab>]
+---
+--- When a binary search was done and no match was found in any of the
+--- files listed in 'tags', and case is ignored or a pattern is used
+--- instead of a normal tag name, a retry is done with a linear search.
+--- Tags in unsorted tags files, and matches with different case will only
+--- be found in the retry.
+---
+--- If a tag file indicates that it is case-fold sorted, the second,
+--- linear search can be avoided when case is ignored.  Use a value of '2'
+--- in the "!_TAG_FILE_SORTED" line for this.  A tag file can be case-fold
+--- sorted with the -f switch to "sort" in most unices, as in the command:
+--- "sort -f -o tags tags".  For Universal ctags and Exuberant ctags
+--- version 5.x or higher (at least 5.5) the --sort=foldcase switch can be
+--- used for this as well.  Note that case must be folded to uppercase for
+--- this to work.
+---
+--- By default, tag searches are case-sensitive.  Case is ignored when
+--- 'ignorecase' is set and 'tagcase' is "followic", or when 'tagcase' is
+--- "ignore".
+--- Also when 'tagcase' is "followscs" and 'smartcase' is set, or
+--- 'tagcase' is "smart", and the pattern contains only lowercase
+--- characters.
+---
+--- When 'tagbsearch' is off, tags searching is slower when a full match
+--- exists, but faster when no full match exists.  Tags in unsorted tags
+--- files may only be found with 'tagbsearch' off.
+--- When the tags file is not sorted, or sorted in a wrong way (not on
+--- ASCII byte value), 'tagbsearch' should be off, or the line given above
+--- must be included in the tags file.
+--- This option doesn't affect commands that find all matching tags (e.g.,
+--- command-line completion and ":help").
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.tagbsearch = true
+vim.o.tbs = vim.o.tagbsearch
+vim.go.tagbsearch = vim.o.tagbsearch
+vim.go.tbs = vim.go.tagbsearch
+
+--- This option specifies how case is handled when searching the tags
+--- file:
+---    followic	Follow the 'ignorecase' option
+---    followscs    Follow the 'smartcase' and 'ignorecase' options
+---    ignore	Ignore case
+---    match	Match case
+---    smart	Ignore case unless an upper case letter is used
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.tagcase = "followic"
+vim.o.tc = vim.o.tagcase
+vim.bo.tagcase = vim.o.tagcase
+vim.bo.tc = vim.bo.tagcase
+vim.go.tagcase = vim.o.tagcase
+vim.go.tc = vim.go.tagcase
+
+--- This option specifies a function to be used to perform tag searches.
+--- The function gets the tag pattern and should return a List of matching
+--- tags.  See `tag-function` for an explanation of how to write the
+--- function and an example.  The value can be the name of a function, a
+--- `lambda` or a `Funcref`. See `option-value-function` for more
+--- information.
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.tagfunc = ""
+vim.o.tfu = vim.o.tagfunc
+vim.bo.tagfunc = vim.o.tagfunc
+vim.bo.tfu = vim.bo.tagfunc
+
+--- If non-zero, tags are significant up to this number of characters.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.taglength = 0
+vim.o.tl = vim.o.taglength
+vim.go.taglength = vim.o.taglength
+vim.go.tl = vim.go.taglength
+
+--- If on and using a tags file in another directory, file names in that
+--- tags file are relative to the directory where the tags file is.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.tagrelative = true
+vim.o.tr = vim.o.tagrelative
+vim.go.tagrelative = vim.o.tagrelative
+vim.go.tr = vim.go.tagrelative
+
+--- Filenames for the tag command, separated by spaces or commas.  To
+--- include a space or comma in a file name, precede it with backslashes
+--- (see `option-backslash` about including spaces/commas and backslashes).
+--- When a file name starts with "./", the '.' is replaced with the path
+--- of the current file.  But only when the 'd' flag is not included in
+--- 'cpoptions'.  Environment variables are expanded `:set_env`.  Also see
+--- `tags-option`.
+--- "*", "**" and other wildcards can be used to search for tags files in
+--- a directory tree.  See `file-searching`.  E.g., "/lib/**/tags" will
+--- find all files named "tags" below "/lib".  The filename itself cannot
+--- contain wildcards, it is used as-is.  E.g., "/lib/**/tags?" will find
+--- files called "tags?".
+--- The `tagfiles()` function can be used to get a list of the file names
+--- actually used.
+--- The use of `:set+=` and `:set-=` is preferred when adding or removing
+--- file names from the list.  This avoids problems when a future version
+--- uses another default.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.tags = "./tags;,tags"
+vim.o.tag = vim.o.tags
+vim.bo.tags = vim.o.tags
+vim.bo.tag = vim.bo.tags
+vim.go.tags = vim.o.tags
+vim.go.tag = vim.go.tags
+
+--- When on, the `tagstack` is used normally.  When off, a ":tag" or
+--- ":tselect" command with an argument will not push the tag onto the
+--- tagstack.  A following ":tag" without an argument, a ":pop" command or
+--- any other command that uses the tagstack will use the unmodified
+--- tagstack, but does change the pointer to the active entry.
+--- Resetting this option is useful when using a ":tag" command in a
+--- mapping which should not change the tagstack.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.tagstack = true
+vim.o.tgst = vim.o.tagstack
+vim.go.tagstack = vim.o.tagstack
+vim.go.tgst = vim.go.tagstack
+
+--- The terminal is in charge of Bi-directionality of text (as specified
+--- by Unicode).  The terminal is also expected to do the required shaping
+--- that some languages (such as Arabic) require.
+--- Setting this option implies that 'rightleft' will not be set when
+--- 'arabic' is set and the value of 'arabicshape' will be ignored.
+--- Note that setting 'termbidi' has the immediate effect that
+--- 'arabicshape' is ignored, but 'rightleft' isn't changed automatically.
+--- For further details see `arabic.txt`.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.termbidi = false
+vim.o.tbidi = vim.o.termbidi
+vim.go.termbidi = vim.o.termbidi
+vim.go.tbidi = vim.go.termbidi
+
+--- Enables 24-bit RGB color in the `TUI`.  Uses "gui" `:highlight`
+--- attributes instead of "cterm" attributes. `guifg`
+--- Requires an ISO-8613-3 compatible terminal.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.termguicolors = false
+vim.o.tgc = vim.o.termguicolors
+vim.go.termguicolors = vim.o.termguicolors
+vim.go.tgc = vim.go.termguicolors
+
+--- A comma-separated list of options for specifying control characters
+--- to be removed from the text pasted into the terminal window. The
+--- supported values are:
+---
+---    BS	    Backspace
+---
+---    HT	    TAB
+---
+---    FF	    Form feed
+---
+---    ESC	    Escape
+---
+---    DEL	    DEL
+---
+---    C0	    Other control characters, excluding Line feed and
+--- 	    Carriage return < ' '
+---
+---    C1	    Control characters 0x80...0x9F
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.termpastefilter = "BS,HT,ESC,DEL"
+vim.o.tpf = vim.o.termpastefilter
+vim.go.termpastefilter = vim.o.termpastefilter
+vim.go.tpf = vim.go.termpastefilter
+
+--- If the host terminal supports it, buffer all screen updates
+--- made during a redraw cycle so that each screen is displayed in
+--- the terminal all at once. This can prevent tearing or flickering
+--- when the terminal updates faster than Nvim can redraw.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.termsync = true
+vim.go.termsync = vim.o.termsync
+
+--- Maximum width of text that is being inserted.  A longer line will be
+--- broken after white space to get this width.  A zero value disables
+--- this.
+--- When 'textwidth' is zero, 'wrapmargin' may be used.  See also
+--- 'formatoptions' and `ins-textwidth`.
+--- When 'formatexpr' is set it will be used to break the line.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.textwidth = 0
+vim.o.tw = vim.o.textwidth
+vim.bo.textwidth = vim.o.textwidth
+vim.bo.tw = vim.bo.textwidth
+
+--- List of file names, separated by commas, that are used to lookup words
+--- for thesaurus completion commands `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-T`.  See
+--- `compl-thesaurus`.
+---
+--- This option is not used if 'thesaurusfunc' is set, either for the
+--- buffer or globally.
+---
+--- To include a comma in a file name precede it with a backslash.  Spaces
+--- after a comma are ignored, otherwise spaces are included in the file
+--- name.  See `option-backslash` about using backslashes.  The use of
+--- `:set+=` and `:set-=` is preferred when adding or removing directories
+--- from the list.  This avoids problems when a future version uses
+--- another default.  Backticks cannot be used in this option for security
+--- reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.thesaurus = ""
+vim.o.tsr = vim.o.thesaurus
+vim.bo.thesaurus = vim.o.thesaurus
+vim.bo.tsr = vim.bo.thesaurus
+vim.go.thesaurus = vim.o.thesaurus
+vim.go.tsr = vim.go.thesaurus
+
+--- This option specifies a function to be used for thesaurus completion
+--- with CTRL-X CTRL-T. `i_CTRL-X_CTRL-T` See `compl-thesaurusfunc`.
+--- The value can be the name of a function, a `lambda` or a `Funcref`.
+--- See `option-value-function` for more information.
+---
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.thesaurusfunc = ""
+vim.o.tsrfu = vim.o.thesaurusfunc
+vim.bo.thesaurusfunc = vim.o.thesaurusfunc
+vim.bo.tsrfu = vim.bo.thesaurusfunc
+vim.go.thesaurusfunc = vim.o.thesaurusfunc
+vim.go.tsrfu = vim.go.thesaurusfunc
+
+--- When on: The tilde command "~" behaves like an operator.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.tildeop = false
+vim.o.top = vim.o.tildeop
+vim.go.tildeop = vim.o.tildeop
+vim.go.top = vim.go.tildeop
+
+--- This option and 'timeoutlen' determine the behavior when part of a
+--- mapped key sequence has been received. For example, if <c-f> is
+--- pressed and 'timeout' is set, Nvim will wait 'timeoutlen' milliseconds
+--- for any key that can follow <c-f> in a mapping.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.timeout = true
+vim.o.to = vim.o.timeout
+vim.go.timeout = vim.o.timeout
+vim.go.to = vim.go.timeout
+
+--- Time in milliseconds to wait for a mapped sequence to complete.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.timeoutlen = 1000
+vim.o.tm = vim.o.timeoutlen
+vim.go.timeoutlen = vim.o.timeoutlen
+vim.go.tm = vim.go.timeoutlen
+
+--- When on, the title of the window will be set to the value of
+--- 'titlestring' (if it is not empty), or to:
+--- 	filename [+=-] (path) - NVIM
+--- Where:
+--- 	filename	the name of the file being edited
+--- 	-		indicates the file cannot be modified, 'ma' off
+--- 	+		indicates the file was modified
+--- 	=		indicates the file is read-only
+--- 	=+		indicates the file is read-only and modified
+--- 	(path)		is the path of the file being edited
+--- 	- NVIM		the server name `v:servername` or "NVIM"
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.title = false
+vim.go.title = vim.o.title
+
+--- Gives the percentage of 'columns' to use for the length of the window
+--- title.  When the title is longer, only the end of the path name is
+--- shown.  A '<' character before the path name is used to indicate this.
+--- Using a percentage makes this adapt to the width of the window.  But
+--- it won't work perfectly, because the actual number of characters
+--- available also depends on the font used and other things in the title
+--- bar.  When 'titlelen' is zero the full path is used.  Otherwise,
+--- values from 1 to 30000 percent can be used.
+--- 'titlelen' is also used for the 'titlestring' option.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.titlelen = 85
+vim.go.titlelen = vim.o.titlelen
+
+--- If not empty, this option will be used to set the window title when
+--- exiting.  Only if 'title' is enabled.
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.titleold = ""
+vim.go.titleold = vim.o.titleold
+
+--- When this option is not empty, it will be used for the title of the
+--- window.  This happens only when the 'title' option is on.
+---
+--- When this option contains printf-style '%' items, they will be
+--- expanded according to the rules used for 'statusline'.
+--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
+---
+--- Example:
+--- ```
+---     :auto BufEnter * let &titlestring = hostname() .. "/" .. expand("%:p")
+---     :set title titlestring=%<%F%=%l/%L-%P titlelen=70
+--- ```
+--- The value of 'titlelen' is used to align items in the middle or right
+--- of the available space.
+--- Some people prefer to have the file name first:
+--- ```
+---     :set titlestring=%t%(\ %M%)%(\ (%{expand(\"%:~:.:h\")})%)%(\ %a%)
+--- ```
+--- Note the use of "%{ }" and an expression to get the path of the file,
+--- without the file name.  The "%( %)" constructs are used to add a
+--- separating space only when needed.
+--- NOTE: Use of special characters in 'titlestring' may cause the display
+--- to be garbled (e.g., when it contains a CR or NL character).
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.titlestring = ""
+vim.go.titlestring = vim.o.titlestring
+
+--- This option and 'ttimeoutlen' determine the behavior when part of a
+--- key code sequence has been received by the `TUI`.
+---
+--- For example if <Esc> (the \x1b byte) is received and 'ttimeout' is
+--- set, Nvim waits 'ttimeoutlen' milliseconds for the terminal to
+--- complete a key code sequence. If no input arrives before the timeout,
+--- a single <Esc> is assumed. Many TUI cursor key codes start with <Esc>.
+---
+--- On very slow systems this may fail, causing cursor keys not to work
+--- sometimes.  If you discover this problem you can ":set ttimeoutlen=9999".
+--- Nvim will wait for the next character to arrive after an <Esc>.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.ttimeout = true
+vim.go.ttimeout = vim.o.ttimeout
+
+--- Time in milliseconds to wait for a key code sequence to complete. Also
+--- used for CTRL-\ CTRL-N and CTRL-\ CTRL-G when part of a command has
+--- been typed.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.ttimeoutlen = 50
+vim.o.ttm = vim.o.ttimeoutlen
+vim.go.ttimeoutlen = vim.o.ttimeoutlen
+vim.go.ttm = vim.go.ttimeoutlen
+
+--- List of directory names for undo files, separated with commas.
+--- See 'backupdir' for details of the format.
+--- "." means using the directory of the file.  The undo file name for
+--- "file.txt" is ".file.txt.un~".
+--- For other directories the file name is the full path of the edited
+--- file, with path separators replaced with "%".
+--- When writing: The first directory that exists is used.  "." always
+--- works, no directories after "." will be used for writing.  If none of
+--- the directories exist Nvim will attempt to create the last directory in
+--- the list.
+--- When reading all entries are tried to find an undo file.  The first
+--- undo file that exists is used.  When it cannot be read an error is
+--- given, no further entry is used.
+--- See `undo-persistence`.
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- Note that unlike 'directory' and 'backupdir', 'undodir' always acts as
+--- though the trailing slashes are present (see 'backupdir' for what this
+--- means).
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.undodir = "$XDG_STATE_HOME/nvim/undo//"
+vim.o.udir = vim.o.undodir
+vim.go.undodir = vim.o.undodir
+vim.go.udir = vim.go.undodir
+
+--- When on, Vim automatically saves undo history to an undo file when
+--- writing a buffer to a file, and restores undo history from the same
+--- file on buffer read.
+--- The directory where the undo file is stored is specified by 'undodir'.
+--- For more information about this feature see `undo-persistence`.
+--- The undo file is not read when 'undoreload' causes the buffer from
+--- before a reload to be saved for undo.
+--- When 'undofile' is turned off the undo file is NOT deleted.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.undofile = false
+vim.o.udf = vim.o.undofile
+vim.bo.undofile = vim.o.undofile
+vim.bo.udf = vim.bo.undofile
+
+--- Maximum number of changes that can be undone.  Since undo information
+--- is kept in memory, higher numbers will cause more memory to be used.
+--- Nevertheless, a single change can already use a large amount of memory.
+--- Set to 0 for Vi compatibility: One level of undo and "u" undoes
+--- itself:
+--- ```
+--- 	set ul=0
+--- ```
+--- But you can also get Vi compatibility by including the 'u' flag in
+--- 'cpoptions', and still be able to use CTRL-R to repeat undo.
+--- Also see `undo-two-ways`.
+--- Set to -1 for no undo at all.  You might want to do this only for the
+--- current buffer:
+--- ```
+--- 	setlocal ul=-1
+--- ```
+--- This helps when you run out of memory for a single change.
+---
+--- The local value is set to -123456 when the global value is to be used.
+---
+--- Also see `clear-undo`.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.undolevels = 1000
+vim.o.ul = vim.o.undolevels
+vim.bo.undolevels = vim.o.undolevels
+vim.bo.ul = vim.bo.undolevels
+vim.go.undolevels = vim.o.undolevels
+vim.go.ul = vim.go.undolevels
+
+--- Save the whole buffer for undo when reloading it.  This applies to the
+--- ":e!" command and reloading for when the buffer changed outside of
+--- Vim. `FileChangedShell`
+--- The save only happens when this option is negative or when the number
+--- of lines is smaller than the value of this option.
+--- Set this option to zero to disable undo for a reload.
+---
+--- When saving undo for a reload, any undo file is not read.
+---
+--- Note that this causes the whole buffer to be stored in memory.  Set
+--- this option to a lower value if you run out of memory.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.undoreload = 10000
+vim.o.ur = vim.o.undoreload
+vim.go.undoreload = vim.o.undoreload
+vim.go.ur = vim.go.undoreload
+
+--- After typing this many characters the swap file will be written to
+--- disk.  When zero, no swap file will be created at all (see chapter on
+--- recovery `crash-recovery`).  'updatecount' is set to zero by starting
+--- Vim with the "-n" option, see `startup`.  When editing in readonly
+--- mode this option will be initialized to 10000.
+--- The swapfile can be disabled per buffer with `'swapfile'`.
+--- When 'updatecount' is set from zero to non-zero, swap files are
+--- created for all buffers that have 'swapfile' set.  When 'updatecount'
+--- is set to zero, existing swap files are not deleted.
+--- This option has no meaning in buffers where `'buftype'` is "nofile"
+--- or "nowrite".
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.updatecount = 200
+vim.o.uc = vim.o.updatecount
+vim.go.updatecount = vim.o.updatecount
+vim.go.uc = vim.go.updatecount
+
+--- If this many milliseconds nothing is typed the swap file will be
+--- written to disk (see `crash-recovery`).  Also used for the
+--- `CursorHold` autocommand event.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.updatetime = 4000
+vim.o.ut = vim.o.updatetime
+vim.go.updatetime = vim.o.updatetime
+vim.go.ut = vim.go.updatetime
+
+--- A list of the number of spaces that a <Tab> counts for while editing,
+--- such as inserting a <Tab> or using <BS>.  It "feels" like variable-
+--- width <Tab>s are being inserted, while in fact a mixture of spaces
+--- and <Tab>s is used.  Tab widths are separated with commas, with the
+--- final value applying to all subsequent tabs.
+---
+--- For example, when editing assembly language files where statements
+--- start in the 9th column and comments in the 41st, it may be useful
+--- to use the following:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set varsofttabstop=8,32,8
+--- ```
+--- This will set soft tabstops with 8 and 8 + 32 spaces, and 8 more
+--- for every column thereafter.
+---
+--- Note that the value of `'softtabstop'` will be ignored while
+--- 'varsofttabstop' is set.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.varsofttabstop = ""
+vim.o.vsts = vim.o.varsofttabstop
+vim.bo.varsofttabstop = vim.o.varsofttabstop
+vim.bo.vsts = vim.bo.varsofttabstop
+
+--- A list of the number of spaces that a <Tab> in the file counts for,
+--- separated by commas.  Each value corresponds to one tab, with the
+--- final value applying to all subsequent tabs. For example:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set vartabstop=4,20,10,8
+--- ```
+--- This will make the first tab 4 spaces wide, the second 20 spaces,
+--- the third 10 spaces, and all following tabs 8 spaces.
+---
+--- Note that the value of `'tabstop'` will be ignored while 'vartabstop'
+--- is set.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.vartabstop = ""
+vim.o.vts = vim.o.vartabstop
+vim.bo.vartabstop = vim.o.vartabstop
+vim.bo.vts = vim.bo.vartabstop
+
+--- Sets the verbosity level.  Also set by `-V` and `:verbose`.
+---
+--- Tracing of options in Lua scripts is activated at level 1; Lua scripts
+--- are not traced with verbose=0, for performance.
+---
+--- If greater than or equal to a given level, Nvim produces the following
+--- messages:
+---
+--- Level   Messages ~
+--- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+--- 1	Lua assignments to options, mappings, etc.
+--- 2	When a file is ":source"'ed, or `shada` file is read or written.
+--- 3	UI info, terminal capabilities.
+--- 4	Shell commands.
+--- 5	Every searched tags file and include file.
+--- 8	Files for which a group of autocommands is executed.
+--- 9	Executed autocommands.
+--- 11	Finding items in a path.
+--- 12	Vimscript function calls.
+--- 13	When an exception is thrown, caught, finished, or discarded.
+--- 14	Anything pending in a ":finally" clause.
+--- 15	Ex commands from a script (truncated at 200 characters).
+--- 16	Ex commands.
+---
+--- If 'verbosefile' is set then the verbose messages are not displayed.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.verbose = 0
+vim.o.vbs = vim.o.verbose
+vim.go.verbose = vim.o.verbose
+vim.go.vbs = vim.go.verbose
+
+--- When not empty all messages are written in a file with this name.
+--- When the file exists messages are appended.
+--- Writing to the file ends when Vim exits or when 'verbosefile' is made
+--- empty.  Writes are buffered, thus may not show up for some time.
+--- Setting 'verbosefile' to a new value is like making it empty first.
+--- The difference with `:redir` is that verbose messages are not
+--- displayed when 'verbosefile' is set.
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.verbosefile = ""
+vim.o.vfile = vim.o.verbosefile
+vim.go.verbosefile = vim.o.verbosefile
+vim.go.vfile = vim.go.verbosefile
+
+--- Name of the directory where to store files for `:mkview`.
+--- This option cannot be set from a `modeline` or in the `sandbox`, for
+--- security reasons.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.viewdir = "$XDG_STATE_HOME/nvim/view//"
+vim.o.vdir = vim.o.viewdir
+vim.go.viewdir = vim.o.viewdir
+vim.go.vdir = vim.go.viewdir
+
+--- Changes the effect of the `:mkview` command.  It is a comma-separated
+--- list of words.  Each word enables saving and restoring something:
+---    word		save and restore ~
+---    cursor	cursor position in file and in window
+---    curdir	local current directory, if set with `:lcd`
+---    folds	manually created folds, opened/closed folds and local
+--- 		fold options
+---    options	options and mappings local to a window or buffer (not
+--- 		global values for local options)
+---    localoptions same as "options"
+---    slash	`deprecated` Always enabled. Uses "/" in filenames.
+---    unix		`deprecated` Always enabled. Uses "\n" line endings.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.viewoptions = "folds,cursor,curdir"
+vim.o.vop = vim.o.viewoptions
+vim.go.viewoptions = vim.o.viewoptions
+vim.go.vop = vim.go.viewoptions
+
+--- A comma-separated list of these words:
+---     block	Allow virtual editing in Visual block mode.
+---     insert	Allow virtual editing in Insert mode.
+---     all		Allow virtual editing in all modes.
+---     onemore	Allow the cursor to move just past the end of the line
+---     none	When used as the local value, do not allow virtual
+--- 		editing even when the global value is set.  When used
+--- 		as the global value, "none" is the same as "".
+---     NONE	Alternative spelling of "none".
+---
+--- Virtual editing means that the cursor can be positioned where there is
+--- no actual character.  This can be halfway into a tab or beyond the end
+--- of the line.  Useful for selecting a rectangle in Visual mode and
+--- editing a table.
+--- "onemore" is not the same, it will only allow moving the cursor just
+--- after the last character of the line.  This makes some commands more
+--- consistent.  Previously the cursor was always past the end of the line
+--- if the line was empty.  But it is far from Vi compatible.  It may also
+--- break some plugins or Vim scripts.  For example because `l` can move
+--- the cursor after the last character.  Use with care!
+--- Using the `$` command will move to the last character in the line, not
+--- past it.  This may actually move the cursor to the left!
+--- The `g$` command will move to the end of the screen line.
+--- It doesn't make sense to combine "all" with "onemore", but you will
+--- not get a warning for it.
+--- When combined with other words, "none" is ignored.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.virtualedit = ""
+vim.o.ve = vim.o.virtualedit
+vim.wo.virtualedit = vim.o.virtualedit
+vim.wo.ve = vim.wo.virtualedit
+vim.go.virtualedit = vim.o.virtualedit
+vim.go.ve = vim.go.virtualedit
+
+--- Use visual bell instead of beeping.  Also see 'errorbells'.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.visualbell = false
+vim.o.vb = vim.o.visualbell
+vim.go.visualbell = vim.o.visualbell
+vim.go.vb = vim.go.visualbell
+
+--- Give a warning message when a shell command is used while the buffer
+--- has been changed.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.warn = true
+vim.go.warn = vim.o.warn
+
+--- Allow specified keys that move the cursor left/right to move to the
+--- previous/next line when the cursor is on the first/last character in
+--- the line.  Concatenate characters to allow this for these keys:
+--- 	char   key	  mode	~
+--- 	 b    <BS>	 Normal and Visual
+--- 	 s    <Space>	 Normal and Visual
+--- 	 h    "h"	 Normal and Visual (not recommended)
+--- 	 l    "l"	 Normal and Visual (not recommended)
+--- 	 <    <Left>	 Normal and Visual
+--- 	 >    <Right>	 Normal and Visual
+--- 	 ~    "~"	 Normal
+--- 	 [    <Left>	 Insert and Replace
+--- 	 ]    <Right>	 Insert and Replace
+--- For example:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set ww=<,>,[,]
+--- ```
+--- allows wrap only when cursor keys are used.
+--- When the movement keys are used in combination with a delete or change
+--- operator, the <EOL> also counts for a character.  This makes "3h"
+--- different from "3dh" when the cursor crosses the end of a line.  This
+--- is also true for "x" and "X", because they do the same as "dl" and
+--- "dh".  If you use this, you may also want to use the mapping
+--- ":map <BS> X" to make backspace delete the character in front of the
+--- cursor.
+--- When 'l' is included and it is used after an operator at the end of a
+--- line (not an empty line) then it will not move to the next line.  This
+--- makes "dl", "cl", "yl" etc. work normally.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.whichwrap = "b,s"
+vim.o.ww = vim.o.whichwrap
+vim.go.whichwrap = vim.o.whichwrap
+vim.go.ww = vim.go.whichwrap
+
+--- Character you have to type to start wildcard expansion in the
+--- command-line, as specified with 'wildmode'.
+--- More info here: `cmdline-completion`.
+--- The character is not recognized when used inside a macro.  See
+--- 'wildcharm' for that.
+--- Some keys will not work, such as CTRL-C, <CR> and Enter.
+--- <Esc> can be used, but hitting it twice in a row will still exit
+--- command-line as a failsafe measure.
+--- Although 'wc' is a number option, you can set it to a special key:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set wc=<Tab>
+--- ```
+---
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.wildchar = 9
+vim.o.wc = vim.o.wildchar
+vim.go.wildchar = vim.o.wildchar
+vim.go.wc = vim.go.wildchar
+
+--- 'wildcharm' works exactly like 'wildchar', except that it is
+--- recognized when used inside a macro.  You can find "spare" command-line
+--- keys suitable for this option by looking at `ex-edit-index`.  Normally
+--- you'll never actually type 'wildcharm', just use it in mappings that
+--- automatically invoke completion mode, e.g.:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set wcm=<C-Z>
+--- 	:cnoremap ss so $vim/sessions/*.vim<C-Z>
+--- ```
+--- Then after typing :ss you can use CTRL-P & CTRL-N.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.wildcharm = 0
+vim.o.wcm = vim.o.wildcharm
+vim.go.wildcharm = vim.o.wildcharm
+vim.go.wcm = vim.go.wildcharm
+
+--- A list of file patterns.  A file that matches with one of these
+--- patterns is ignored when expanding `wildcards`, completing file or
+--- directory names, and influences the result of `expand()`, `glob()` and
+--- `globpath()` unless a flag is passed to disable this.
+--- The pattern is used like with `:autocmd`, see `autocmd-pattern`.
+--- Also see 'suffixes'.
+--- Example:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set wildignore=*.o,*.obj
+--- ```
+--- The use of `:set+=` and `:set-=` is preferred when adding or removing
+--- a pattern from the list.  This avoids problems when a future version
+--- uses another default.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.wildignore = ""
+vim.o.wig = vim.o.wildignore
+vim.go.wildignore = vim.o.wildignore
+vim.go.wig = vim.go.wildignore
+
+--- When set case is ignored when completing file names and directories.
+--- Has no effect when 'fileignorecase' is set.
+--- Does not apply when the shell is used to expand wildcards, which
+--- happens when there are special characters.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.wildignorecase = false
+vim.o.wic = vim.o.wildignorecase
+vim.go.wildignorecase = vim.o.wildignorecase
+vim.go.wic = vim.go.wildignorecase
+
+--- When 'wildmenu' is on, command-line completion operates in an enhanced
+--- mode.  On pressing 'wildchar' (usually <Tab>) to invoke completion,
+--- the possible matches are shown.
+--- When 'wildoptions' contains "pum", then the completion matches are
+--- shown in a popup menu.  Otherwise they are displayed just above the
+--- command line, with the first match highlighted (overwriting the status
+--- line, if there is one).
+--- Keys that show the previous/next match, such as <Tab> or
+--- CTRL-P/CTRL-N, cause the highlight to move to the appropriate match.
+--- 'wildmode' must specify "full": "longest" and "list" do not start
+--- 'wildmenu' mode. You can check the current mode with `wildmenumode()`.
+--- The menu is cancelled when a key is hit that is not used for selecting
+--- a completion.
+---
+--- While the menu is active these keys have special meanings:
+--- CTRL-P		- go to the previous entry
+--- CTRL-N		- go to the next entry
+--- <Left> <Right>	- select previous/next match (like CTRL-P/CTRL-N)
+--- <PageUp>	- select a match several entries back
+--- <PageDown>	- select a match several entries further
+--- <Up>		- in filename/menu name completion: move up into
+--- 		  parent directory or parent menu.
+--- <Down>		- in filename/menu name completion: move into a
+--- 		  subdirectory or submenu.
+--- <CR>		- in menu completion, when the cursor is just after a
+--- 		  dot: move into a submenu.
+--- CTRL-E		- end completion, go back to what was there before
+--- 		  selecting a match.
+--- CTRL-Y		- accept the currently selected match and stop
+--- 		  completion.
+---
+--- If you want <Left> and <Right> to move the cursor instead of selecting
+--- a different match, use this:
+--- ```
+--- 	:cnoremap <Left> <Space><BS><Left>
+--- 	:cnoremap <Right> <Space><BS><Right>
+--- ```
+---
+--- `hl-WildMenu` highlights the current match.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.wildmenu = true
+vim.o.wmnu = vim.o.wildmenu
+vim.go.wildmenu = vim.o.wildmenu
+vim.go.wmnu = vim.go.wildmenu
+
+--- Completion mode that is used for the character specified with
+--- 'wildchar'.  It is a comma-separated list of up to four parts.  Each
+--- part specifies what to do for each consecutive use of 'wildchar'.  The
+--- first part specifies the behavior for the first use of 'wildchar',
+--- The second part for the second use, etc.
+---
+--- Each part consists of a colon separated list consisting of the
+--- following possible values:
+--- ""		Complete only the first match.
+--- "full"		Complete the next full match.  After the last match,
+--- 		the original string is used and then the first match
+--- 		again.  Will also start 'wildmenu' if it is enabled.
+--- "longest"	Complete till longest common string.  If this doesn't
+--- 		result in a longer string, use the next part.
+--- "list"		When more than one match, list all matches.
+--- "lastused"	When completing buffer names and more than one buffer
+--- 		matches, sort buffers by time last used (other than
+--- 		the current buffer).
+--- When there is only a single match, it is fully completed in all cases.
+---
+--- Examples of useful colon-separated values:
+--- "longest:full"	Like "longest", but also start 'wildmenu' if it is
+--- 		enabled.  Will not complete to the next full match.
+--- "list:full"	When more than one match, list all matches and
+--- 		complete first match.
+--- "list:longest"	When more than one match, list all matches and
+--- 		complete till longest common string.
+--- "list:lastused" When more than one buffer matches, list all matches
+--- 		and sort buffers by time last used (other than the
+--- 		current buffer).
+---
+--- Examples:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set wildmode=full
+--- ```
+--- Complete first full match, next match, etc.  (the default)
+--- ```
+--- 	:set wildmode=longest,full
+--- ```
+--- Complete longest common string, then each full match
+--- ```
+--- 	:set wildmode=list:full
+--- ```
+--- List all matches and complete each full match
+--- ```
+--- 	:set wildmode=list,full
+--- ```
+--- List all matches without completing, then each full match
+--- ```
+--- 	:set wildmode=longest,list
+--- ```
+--- Complete longest common string, then list alternatives.
+--- More info here: `cmdline-completion`.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.wildmode = "full"
+vim.o.wim = vim.o.wildmode
+vim.go.wildmode = vim.o.wildmode
+vim.go.wim = vim.go.wildmode
+
+--- A list of words that change how `cmdline-completion` is done.
+--- The following values are supported:
+---   fuzzy		Use `fuzzy-matching` to find completion matches. When
+--- 		this value is specified, wildcard expansion will not
+--- 		be used for completion.  The matches will be sorted by
+--- 		the "best match" rather than alphabetically sorted.
+--- 		This will find more matches than the wildcard
+--- 		expansion. Currently fuzzy matching based completion
+--- 		is not supported for file and directory names and
+--- 		instead wildcard expansion is used.
+---   pum		Display the completion matches using the popup menu
+--- 		in the same style as the `ins-completion-menu`.
+---   tagfile	When using CTRL-D to list matching tags, the kind of
+--- 		tag and the file of the tag is listed.	Only one match
+--- 		is displayed per line.  Often used tag kinds are:
+--- 			d	#define
+--- 			f	function
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.wildoptions = "pum,tagfile"
+vim.o.wop = vim.o.wildoptions
+vim.go.wildoptions = vim.o.wildoptions
+vim.go.wop = vim.go.wildoptions
+
+--- 		only used in Win32
+--- Some GUI versions allow the access to menu entries by using the ALT
+--- key in combination with a character that appears underlined in the
+--- menu.  This conflicts with the use of the ALT key for mappings and
+--- entering special characters.  This option tells what to do:
+---   no	Don't use ALT keys for menus.  ALT key combinations can be
+--- 	mapped, but there is no automatic handling.
+---   yes	ALT key handling is done by the windowing system.  ALT key
+--- 	combinations cannot be mapped.
+---   menu	Using ALT in combination with a character that is a menu
+--- 	shortcut key, will be handled by the windowing system.  Other
+--- 	keys can be mapped.
+--- If the menu is disabled by excluding 'm' from 'guioptions', the ALT
+--- key is never used for the menu.
+--- This option is not used for <F10>; on Win32.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.winaltkeys = "menu"
+vim.o.wak = vim.o.winaltkeys
+vim.go.winaltkeys = vim.o.winaltkeys
+vim.go.wak = vim.go.winaltkeys
+
+--- When non-empty, this option enables the window bar and determines its
+--- contents. The window bar is a bar that's shown at the top of every
+--- window with it enabled. The value of 'winbar' is evaluated like with
+--- 'statusline'.
+---
+--- When changing something that is used in 'winbar' that does not trigger
+--- it to be updated, use `:redrawstatus`.
+---
+--- Floating windows do not use the global value of 'winbar'. The
+--- window-local value of 'winbar' must be set for a floating window to
+--- have a window bar.
+---
+--- This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.winbar = ""
+vim.o.wbr = vim.o.winbar
+vim.wo.winbar = vim.o.winbar
+vim.wo.wbr = vim.wo.winbar
+vim.go.winbar = vim.o.winbar
+vim.go.wbr = vim.go.winbar
+
+--- Enables pseudo-transparency for a floating window. Valid values are in
+--- the range of 0 for fully opaque window (disabled) to 100 for fully
+--- transparent background. Values between 0-30 are typically most useful.
+---
+--- UI-dependent. Works best with RGB colors. 'termguicolors'
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.winblend = 0
+vim.o.winbl = vim.o.winblend
+vim.wo.winblend = vim.o.winblend
+vim.wo.winbl = vim.wo.winblend
+
+--- Window height used for `CTRL-F` and `CTRL-B` when there is only one
+--- window and the value is smaller than 'lines' minus one.  The screen
+--- will scroll 'window' minus two lines, with a minimum of one.
+--- When 'window' is equal to 'lines' minus one CTRL-F and CTRL-B scroll
+--- in a much smarter way, taking care of wrapping lines.
+--- When resizing the Vim window, the value is smaller than 1 or more than
+--- or equal to 'lines' it will be set to 'lines' minus 1.
+--- Note: Do not confuse this with the height of the Vim window, use
+--- 'lines' for that.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.window = 0
+vim.o.wi = vim.o.window
+vim.go.window = vim.o.window
+vim.go.wi = vim.go.window
+
+--- Keep the window height when windows are opened or closed and
+--- 'equalalways' is set.  Also for `CTRL-W_=`.  Set by default for the
+--- `preview-window` and `quickfix-window`.
+--- The height may be changed anyway when running out of room.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.winfixheight = false
+vim.o.wfh = vim.o.winfixheight
+vim.wo.winfixheight = vim.o.winfixheight
+vim.wo.wfh = vim.wo.winfixheight
+
+--- Keep the window width when windows are opened or closed and
+--- 'equalalways' is set.  Also for `CTRL-W_=`.
+--- The width may be changed anyway when running out of room.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.winfixwidth = false
+vim.o.wfw = vim.o.winfixwidth
+vim.wo.winfixwidth = vim.o.winfixwidth
+vim.wo.wfw = vim.wo.winfixwidth
+
+--- Minimal number of lines for the current window.  This is not a hard
+--- minimum, Vim will use fewer lines if there is not enough room.  If the
+--- focus goes to a window that is smaller, its size is increased, at the
+--- cost of the height of other windows.
+--- Set 'winheight' to a small number for normal editing.
+--- Set it to 999 to make the current window fill most of the screen.
+--- Other windows will be only 'winminheight' high.  This has the drawback
+--- that ":all" will create only two windows.  To avoid "vim -o 1 2 3 4"
+--- to create only two windows, set the option after startup is done,
+--- using the `VimEnter` event:
+--- ```
+--- 	au VimEnter * set winheight=999
+--- ```
+--- Minimum value is 1.
+--- The height is not adjusted after one of the commands that change the
+--- height of the current window.
+--- 'winheight' applies to the current window.  Use 'winminheight' to set
+--- the minimal height for other windows.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.winheight = 1
+vim.o.wh = vim.o.winheight
+vim.go.winheight = vim.o.winheight
+vim.go.wh = vim.go.winheight
+
+--- Window-local highlights.  Comma-delimited list of highlight
+--- `group-name` pairs "{hl-from}:{hl-to},..." where each {hl-from} is
+--- a `highlight-groups` item to be overridden by {hl-to} group in
+--- the window.
+---
+--- Note: highlight namespaces take precedence over 'winhighlight'.
+--- See `nvim_win_set_hl_ns()` and `nvim_set_hl()`.
+---
+--- Highlights of vertical separators are determined by the window to the
+--- left of the separator.  The 'tabline' highlight of a tabpage is
+--- decided by the last-focused window of the tabpage.  Highlights of
+--- the popupmenu are determined by the current window.  Highlights in the
+--- message area cannot be overridden.
+---
+--- Example: show a different color for non-current windows:
+--- ```
+--- 	set winhighlight=Normal:MyNormal,NormalNC:MyNormalNC
+--- ```
+---
+---
+--- @type string
+vim.o.winhighlight = ""
+vim.o.winhl = vim.o.winhighlight
+vim.wo.winhighlight = vim.o.winhighlight
+vim.wo.winhl = vim.wo.winhighlight
+
+--- The minimal height of a window, when it's not the current window.
+--- This is a hard minimum, windows will never become smaller.
+--- When set to zero, windows may be "squashed" to zero lines (i.e. just a
+--- status bar) if necessary.  They will return to at least one line when
+--- they become active (since the cursor has to have somewhere to go.)
+--- Use 'winheight' to set the minimal height of the current window.
+--- This option is only checked when making a window smaller.  Don't use a
+--- large number, it will cause errors when opening more than a few
+--- windows.  A value of 0 to 3 is reasonable.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.winminheight = 1
+vim.o.wmh = vim.o.winminheight
+vim.go.winminheight = vim.o.winminheight
+vim.go.wmh = vim.go.winminheight
+
+--- The minimal width of a window, when it's not the current window.
+--- This is a hard minimum, windows will never become smaller.
+--- When set to zero, windows may be "squashed" to zero columns (i.e. just
+--- a vertical separator) if necessary.  They will return to at least one
+--- line when they become active (since the cursor has to have somewhere
+--- to go.)
+--- Use 'winwidth' to set the minimal width of the current window.
+--- This option is only checked when making a window smaller.  Don't use a
+--- large number, it will cause errors when opening more than a few
+--- windows.  A value of 0 to 12 is reasonable.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.winminwidth = 1
+vim.o.wmw = vim.o.winminwidth
+vim.go.winminwidth = vim.o.winminwidth
+vim.go.wmw = vim.go.winminwidth
+
+--- Minimal number of columns for the current window.  This is not a hard
+--- minimum, Vim will use fewer columns if there is not enough room.  If
+--- the current window is smaller, its size is increased, at the cost of
+--- the width of other windows.  Set it to 999 to make the current window
+--- always fill the screen.  Set it to a small number for normal editing.
+--- The width is not adjusted after one of the commands to change the
+--- width of the current window.
+--- 'winwidth' applies to the current window.  Use 'winminwidth' to set
+--- the minimal width for other windows.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.winwidth = 20
+vim.o.wiw = vim.o.winwidth
+vim.go.winwidth = vim.o.winwidth
+vim.go.wiw = vim.go.winwidth
+
+--- This option changes how text is displayed.  It doesn't change the text
+--- in the buffer, see 'textwidth' for that.
+--- When on, lines longer than the width of the window will wrap and
+--- displaying continues on the next line.  When off lines will not wrap
+--- and only part of long lines will be displayed.  When the cursor is
+--- moved to a part that is not shown, the screen will scroll
+--- horizontally.
+--- The line will be broken in the middle of a word if necessary.  See
+--- 'linebreak' to get the break at a word boundary.
+--- To make scrolling horizontally a bit more useful, try this:
+--- ```
+--- 	:set sidescroll=5
+--- 	:set listchars+=precedes:<,extends:>
+--- ```
+--- See 'sidescroll', 'listchars' and `wrap-off`.
+--- This option can't be set from a `modeline` when the 'diff' option is
+--- on.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.wrap = true
+vim.wo.wrap = vim.o.wrap
+
+--- Number of characters from the right window border where wrapping
+--- starts.  When typing text beyond this limit, an <EOL> will be inserted
+--- and inserting continues on the next line.
+--- Options that add a margin, such as 'number' and 'foldcolumn', cause
+--- the text width to be further reduced.
+--- When 'textwidth' is non-zero, this option is not used.
+--- See also 'formatoptions' and `ins-textwidth`.
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.wrapmargin = 0
+vim.o.wm = vim.o.wrapmargin
+vim.bo.wrapmargin = vim.o.wrapmargin
+vim.bo.wm = vim.bo.wrapmargin
+
+--- Searches wrap around the end of the file.  Also applies to `]s` and
+--- `[s`, searching for spelling mistakes.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.wrapscan = true
+vim.o.ws = vim.o.wrapscan
+vim.go.wrapscan = vim.o.wrapscan
+vim.go.ws = vim.go.wrapscan
+
+--- Allows writing files.  When not set, writing a file is not allowed.
+--- Can be used for a view-only mode, where modifications to the text are
+--- still allowed.  Can be reset with the `-m` or `-M` command line
+--- argument.  Filtering text is still possible, even though this requires
+--- writing a temporary file.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.write = true
+vim.go.write = vim.o.write
+
+--- Allows writing to any file with no need for "!" override.
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.writeany = false
+vim.o.wa = vim.o.writeany
+vim.go.writeany = vim.o.writeany
+vim.go.wa = vim.go.writeany
+
+--- Make a backup before overwriting a file.  The backup is removed after
+--- the file was successfully written, unless the 'backup' option is
+--- also on.
+--- WARNING: Switching this option off means that when Vim fails to write
+--- your buffer correctly and then, for whatever reason, Vim exits, you
+--- lose both the original file and what you were writing.  Only reset
+--- this option if your file system is almost full and it makes the write
+--- fail (and make sure not to exit Vim until the write was successful).
+--- See `backup-table` for another explanation.
+--- When the 'backupskip' pattern matches, a backup is not made anyway.
+--- Depending on 'backupcopy' the backup is a new file or the original
+--- file renamed (and a new file is written).
+---
+--- @type boolean
+vim.o.writebackup = true
+vim.o.wb = vim.o.writebackup
+vim.go.writebackup = vim.o.writebackup
+vim.go.wb = vim.go.writebackup
+
+--- Only takes effect together with 'redrawdebug'.
+--- The number of milliseconds to wait after each line or each flush
+---
+--- @type integer
+vim.o.writedelay = 0
+vim.o.wd = vim.o.writedelay
+vim.go.writedelay = vim.o.writedelay
+vim.go.wd = vim.go.writedelay